Jaguar XJ 1998 - JagRepair.com

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
XJ Series Sedan 1998
Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 608

XJ Series 1998
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / electronic
systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, first
introduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greater
flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)
for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.
Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,
or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this
book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,
the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain
control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
1

Table of Contents
XJ Series 1998
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11
User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 12 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution............................................................................................. 20
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 21
Ground Point Identification and Location .................................................................... 22
Control Module Identification and Location................................................................. 23
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 24 – 28
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 29
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
2 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes ..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
04.7 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06 Anti-Lock Braking
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Front ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
09.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.5 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
3

Table of Contents
XJ Series 1998
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener............................................All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ...........................................................All Vehicles
11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension
11.1 ...... Power Assisted Steering................................................................All Vehicles
11.2 ...... Steering Column Movement..........................................................Powered Column Vehicles
11.3 ...... Mirror Movement: Memory ...........................................................Memory Vehicles
11.4 ...... Mirror Movement: Non-Memory....................................................Non-Memory Vehicles
11.5 ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors ..............................All Vehicles
11.6 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ......................................................Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory......................................................................Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered..........................................................Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower..............................................................Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered...................................................Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD......................................................Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
12.7 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD......................................................Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
12.8 ...... Rear Seats: Powered .....................................................................LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats ................................................LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.10 .... Rear Seat Heaters..........................................................................Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW...........................................................ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS.............................................................NAS Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System
14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .....................................................................All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD....................................................LHD Vehicles
15.2 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD ...................................................RHD Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE); Telephone
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment .......................................................Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Premium ICE Vehicles
16.3 ...... Radio Telephone............................................................................All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System
17.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners...................................................All Vehicles
18 Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors...............All Vehicles
19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems
19.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks ................................................................All Vehicles
19.2 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................All Vehicles
4 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Component Index
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL ............................................... Fig. 11.6
ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ........................................... Fig. 11.6
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................ Fig. 18.1
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.3
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ........... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY..................................... Fig. 07.1
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR .................................. Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... Fig. 17.1
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. Fig. 17.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ............................................... Fig. 08.2
AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................ Fig. 11.2
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY .................................................. Fig. 01.1
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
BLOWER AIR INTAKES ........................................................... Fig. 07.1
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS .................................................... Fig. 07.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) ............................. Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH ....................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.6
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
CLOCK .................................................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
COLUMN JOY STICK .............................................................. Fig. 11.2
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
5

Component Index
XJ Series 1998
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) .................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.6
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
DIMMER CONTROL ................................................................ Fig. 10.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2
DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ........................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
DIP BEAM RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
DIRECTION INDICATORS ....................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR ......................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR ................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................ Fig. 07.2
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR ............................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR .................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH ........................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
E-POST LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EGR VALVE ............................................................................. Fig. 04.5
EMS CONTROL RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.3
6 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Component Index
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
FASCIA SWITCH PACK ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
FOG LAMP SWITCHES ........................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
FOLD-BACK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 11.5
FOLD-OUT RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 11.5
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ..................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR .................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ........................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ...................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
FUEL PUMP 1 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP 2 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 ............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ............................................................. Fig. 04.7
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
GARAGE DOOR OPENER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.3
GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.5
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 09.5
HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY .................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
HEATER PUMP RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 07.2
HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
7

Component Index
XJ Series 1998
HORN RELAY .......................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
HORN SWITCHES ................................................................... Fig. 18.1
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
IGNITION COIL RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS .................................................. Fig. 01.1
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
INSTRUMENT PACK ............................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 ................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 04.7
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................ Fig. 04.7
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.5
INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
KEYFOB ANTENNA ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
KEYLOCK SOLENOID ............................................................. Fig. 05.3
KICKDOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
LAMP UNITS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
LIGHTING STALK .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH ............................................. Fig. 12.8
MAIN BEAM RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) .......... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
MIRROR JOY STICK ................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1
8 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Component Index
OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ..... Fig. 18.1
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
RADIO ..................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR ......................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................ Fig. 09.3
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH .......................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................ Fig. 17.1
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 08.2
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER ............................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ...................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR .............................................. Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT LOWER RELAY .............................................................. Fig. 12.3
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR ............................................. Fig. 12.8
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .................. Fig. 12.3
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 12.3
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR .................... Fig. 12.5
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ............................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
9

Component Index
XJ Series 1998
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................ Fig. 17.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS ............................................................... Fig. 09.2
SIDE MARKERS – FRONT ....................................................... Fig. 09.1
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ............. Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE ..................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ......................................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) .......................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS ............................................. Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS ...................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ...................................... Fig. 16.1
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER ......................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER ........................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ...................................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH ........................... Fig. 06.1
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
STARTER RELAY ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2
STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
SUBWOOFER ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2
SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR ................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ....... Fig. 12.3
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR .......................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE HANDSET .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE ................................................... Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.3
THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ...................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
TRAILER CONNECTOR ........................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC .................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........ Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC .......... Fig. 05.2
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 08.1
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Component Index
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCHES ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER ........................................ Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1
WASH / WIPE STALK .............................................................. Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT MOTORS ........................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES ..................................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ............................................. Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY .................................................. Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY .................................................... Fig. 14.1
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
11

User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution
details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding
pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

I
I
I
XJ Series 1998
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
BT65
CC3R
FC17L
Location / Type
EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
O Output
SG Signal Ground
D
C
S
Serial and encoded communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DATA PAGE
DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
XJ Series 1998
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
N
B
BT61
250A x 2
BT62
N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63
N
N
01.1
01.1
ST6
ST5
BT65
BATTERY
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BK
FC17L
BK
FCS7 FC4-5
III
FC4-1
II
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
FC4-3
FC4-2
RW
WO
WN
1
02.1
02.1
13
NB
RW
Y
SU
SO
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-39
FC15-92
FC15-21
B+
O
I
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
D
D
D
FC15-73
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
74
40
II
GO
NW
WK
3
1
EM50
5
2
WR
GO
STARTER RELAY
BK
CCS5
BK
CC21-3
CC21-1
RU
FC7-3
RU
FC15-7
I
LOGIC
POWER
CC3R
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
ENGINE
START
I
EM11-6
GO
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RU
05.1 I
EM10-15
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SO
FC22-11
SU
D
D
SECURITY D
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
D
Y
EM10-17
O
EM10-6
EM2-13
EM2-15
Y
FCS30
FC22-9
Y
FC22-17
O
FC22-16
D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR
WR
ST3
EM60-2
33
II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1
WS
SW
EM3-7
SW
WK
PI2-12
PI50-2
SW
PI1-11
PI50-1
REGULATOR
STARTER MOTOR
ST1
ST2
N
B
6
N
N
B
AN3-1
B
AN1 ST4
AN3-2
AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
1 4
48 82
II II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44 Fig. 01.4
II
63 Fig. 01.5
E
1 17
Fig. 02.1
O
D
Input
Output
Serial and Encoded
Communications
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS
FIGURE PAGE
VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
13

User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X
I II E Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
XX
I
XX
II
X
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped
to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I O D
C
S
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed
on the corresponding data page.
14 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
User Instructions
Wiring Symbols
Wiring Color Codes
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
CONNECTOR
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
DIODE
Wiring Harness Codes
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SPLICE HEADER
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
XX1-X XX1
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX
XX1-X
Code
AN
BB
BC
BL
BR
BS
BT
CA
CC
CF
DD
EM
FC
FL
FP
FR
GB
HP
IC
IJ
LA
LL
LS
PD
PI
RA
RD
RP
RT
SC
SH
SM-D
SM-P
SR
ST
SW
Description
Generator link harness
Rear seat motors and heaters harness
Rear seat center console harness
Bumper harness – LH front
Bumper harness – RH front
Rear seat link harness
Trunk harness
Cabin harness
Center console harness
Radiator cooling fan harness
Driver door harness
Engine management harness
Fascia harness
Axle harness – LH front
Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
Axle harness – RH front
Transmission harness
Steering wheel horn switch harness
In-car entertainment harness
Fuel injector harness – supercharged
Axle harness – LH rear
Power steering link harness
Forward harness
Passenger door harness
Engine harness
Axle harness – RH rear
Rear driver door harness
Rear passenger door harness
Radio telephone harness
Steering column switchgear harness
Windshield heater link harness
Driver seat harness
Passenger seat harness
Sliding roof motor link harness
Main power harness
Steering wheel harness
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
15

User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24
FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
Harness code
Connector number
Pin number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.
RHS3
RHS3
Harness code
Splice
Splice number
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components and
identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;
pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE: CA223
-4
-5
-6
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1
BT29
BT29-2
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance,
the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
CA20
4 CA20
9
3
5
8
10
1
2
6
7
16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
User Instructions
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified
by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
L
R
EXAMPLES:
SINGLE EYELET
EYELET PAIR
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
CC2( ) LS2R BT2L
Single leg eyelet
RH eyelet leg
LH eyelet leg
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation
is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
EM2R
(EM1R)
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles
BT2L
Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codes
may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey line
indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
–
+
S
S
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U S –
RD10-9
S
S +
RD10-16
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
–
+
S
S
PD10-9
PD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U S –
RP10-9
S
S +
RP10-16
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
17

Connectors
XJ Series 1998
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector.
Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.
Through Panel
54-way connector.
18 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Connectors
Augat 1.6
2-way connector.
Augat 1.6
3-way connector.
Augat 1.6
4-way connector.
Augat 1.6
6-way connector.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
19

Main Power Distribution
XJ Series 1998
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ST19
ST4
GENERATOR
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
ST21
ST20
STARTER
MOTOR
ST2
ST1
ST5
ST6
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
ST15 ST14 ST13
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT62
BT63
BT61
BT60
BATTERY
+
–
BT66
BT67
BT65
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT64
20 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Harness Layout
Harness Layout
LHD
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
BL1
LS32
BR1
BL1
LS32
BR1
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
EM1
EM51
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
EM1
EM51
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
LL2
LL2
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
LS1
LS2
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
LS1
LS2
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
LS3
EM42
PI1
PI2
EM44
EM53
EM63
EM2
EM3
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
LS3
EM2
EM3
EM53
EM63
EM42
PI1
PI2
EM44
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
CA8
CA10
FC5
CA19
SW10
FC7
FC11
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW1
SW2
RT2
FC1
CA20
CA11
CA12
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
CA11
CA12
FC1
CA19
RT2
FC7
FC11
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW10
SW1
SW2
FC5
CA20
CA8
CA10
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
CA23
CA27
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
CA27
CA23
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
CA66
CA72
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
CA66
CA72
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
CA13
CA14
CA46
CA16
CA45
CA16
CA45
CA13
CA14
CA46
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
IC1
IC3
CA109
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
IC1
IC3
CA109
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
CA29
CA9
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
CA29
CA9
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
BT4
BT4
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
21

Ground Point Identification and Location
Ground Point Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA25
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC2
LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
CA38
CA110
KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
BT34
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30
CA36
LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE
FC29
EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM8
ENGINE GROUND SCREW
LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
IC6
IC20
ABS GROUND STUD
LS29
LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS10
LS18
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT20
BT21
RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS19
LS20
BATTERY GROUND STUD
BT65
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT22
BT28
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES:
BT28
BT44
EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16
EM17
EM18
RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
CC3
FC17
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33
RADIO GROUND
RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
CA48
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA26
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA31
CA47
22
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Control Module Identification and Location
Control Module Identification and Location
LHD
RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
23

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES: EM13-12 – PY; EM13-13 – RW
EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10
4.0 N/A NAS
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6
R
12
G
5
R
11
G
4
BK
10
B
3
WR
9
B
2
GY
8
B
1
GY
7
B
11
B
22
B
10
—
21
—
9
RY
20
—
8
RG
19
—
7
BU
18
BS
6
BW
17
BN
5
BY
16
BG
4
BO
15
BP
3
PN
14
—
2
PU
13
—
1
PS
12
B
16
WU
10
—
26
LGU
15
W
9
—
25
LGW
8
—
24
LGO
7
—
23
LGK
14
GR
6
—
22
UB
13*
PY
5
—
21
—
4
OK
20
B
3
SP
19
Y
12*
RW
2
W
18
S
11
PW
1
KN
17
N
11
—
6
RW
17
U
10
RY
5
WU
16
N
9
SG
4
—
15
R
3
—
14
G
2
—
13
GY
8
SLG
1
—
12
UP
7
—
4
WU
7
RG
11
U
3
P
10
G
2
—
9
UY
6
GO
1
SR
8
UW
5
SG
13
O
8
—
21
UW
12
K
7
—
20
BG
6
O
19
—
5
WK
18
—
11
PG
4
UN
17
Y
3
ULG
16
PK
2
UG
15
RU
10
US
1
WR
14
OU
9
NO
34
LGP
33
LGS
32
LGR
31
LGY
30
—
29
O
28
P
27
BG
22
BP
21
—
20
—
19
BY
18
BY
16
K
15
R
14
BG
13
BY
12
BG
28
Y
27
G
26
Y
25
G
24
—
23
BK
22
—
4.0 N/A ROW; 3.2
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6
R
12
G
5
R
11
G
4
BK
10
B
3
WR
9
B
2
GY
8
B
1
GY
7
B
11
B
22
B
10
—
21
—
9
RY
20
—
8
RG
19
—
7
BU
18
BS
6
BW
17
BN
5
BY
16
BG
4
BO
15
BP
3
PN
14
—
2
PU
13
—
1
PS
12
B
16
WU
10
—
26
LGU
15
W
9
—
25
LGW
8
—
24
LGO
7
—
23
LGK
14
GR
6
—
22
UB
13*
PY
5
—
21
—
4
OK
20
B
3
SP
19
Y
12*
RW
2
W
18
S
11
PW
1
KN
17
N
11
—
6
RW
17
—
10
RY
5
WU
16
—
9
SG
4
—
15
R
3
—
14
G
2
—
13
GY
8
SLG
1
—
12
UP
7
—
4
WU
7
RG
11
U
3
P
10
G
2
—
9
UY
6
GO
1
SR
8
UW
5
SG
13
O
8
—
21
UW
12
K
7
—
20
BG
6
O
19
—
5
WK
18
—
11
PG
4
UN
17
Y
3
ULG
16
PK
2
UG
15
RU
10
US
1
WR
14
OU
9
NO
34
LGP
33
LGS
32
LGR
31
LGY
30
—
29
O
28
P
27
BG
22
BP
21
—
20
—
19
BY
18
BY
16
K
15
R
14
BG
13
BY
12
BG
28
Y
27
G
26
Y
25
G
24
—
23
BK
22
B
4.0 SC NAS
6
R
12
G
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
5
R
11
G
4
BK
10
B
3
WR
9
B
2
GY
8
B
1
GY
7
B
11
B
22
B
10
—
21
—
9
—
20
—
8
—
19
—
7
BU
18
BS
6
BW
17
BN
5
BY
16
BG
4
BO
15
BP
3
PN
14
—
2
PU
13
—
1
PS
12
B
16
WU
34
LGP
10
RY
26
LGU
15
W
9
KB
25
LGW
33
LGS
32
LGR
8
—
24
LGO
31
LGY
7
—
23
LGK
14
GR
6
—
22
UB
13*
PY
5
—
21
—
30
—
4
OK
20
B
29
O
3
SP
19
Y
12*
RW
28
P
2
W
18
S
11
PW
27
BG
1
KN
17
N
11
—
22
BP
6
RW
17
U
10
RY
21
—
5
WU
16
N
9
SG
20
—
4
YR
15
R
3
YN
14
G
2
YG
13
GY
8
SLG
19
BY
1
YU
12
UP
7
UP
18
BY
4
WU
7
RG
11
U
16
K
15
R
3
P
10
G
14
BG
2
—
9
UY
6
GO
13
BY
1
SR
8
UW
5
SG
12
BG
13
O
28
Y
8
—
21
UW
12
K
27
G
7
—
20
BG
26
Y
6
O
19
—
25
G
5
WK
18
—
11
PG
4
UN
17
Y
3
ULG
16
PK
24
—
2
UG
15
RS
10
US
23
BK
1
WR
14
OU
9
NO
22
B
4.0 SC ROW
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6
R
12
G
5
R
11
G
4
BK
10
B
3
WR
9
B
2
GY
8
B
1
GY
7
B
11
B
22
B
10
—
21
—
9
—
20
—
8
—
19
—
7
BU
18
BS
6
BW
17
BN
5
BY
16
BG
4
BO
15
BP
3
PN
14
—
2
PU
13
—
1
PS
12
B
16
WU
10
RY
26
LGU
15
W
9
KB
25
LGW
8
—
24
LGO
7
—
23
LGK
14
GR
6
—
22
UB
13*
PY
5
—
21
—
4
OK
20
B
3
SP
19
Y
12*
RW
2
W
18
S
11
PW
1
KN
17
N
11
—
6
RW
17
—
10
RY
5
WU
16
—
9
SG
4
YR
15
R
3
YN
14
G
2
YG
13
GY
8
SLG
1
YU
12
UP
7
UP
4
WU
7
RG
11
U
3
P
10
G
2
—
9
UY
6
GO
1
SR
8
UW
5
SG
13
O
8
—
21
UW
12
K
7
—
20
BG
6
O
19
—
5
WK
18
—
11
PG
4
UN
17
Y
3
ULG
16
PK
2
UG
15
RS
10
US
1
WR
14
OU
9
NO
34
LGP
33
LGS
32
LGR
31
LGY
30
—
29
O
28
P
27
BG
22
BP
21
—
20
—
19
BY
18
BY
16
K
15
R
14
BG
13
BY
12
BG
28
Y
27
G
26
Y
25
G
24
—
23
BK
22
B
24
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
EM61
EM62
EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
88
—
87
—
28
BY
86
Y
55
WB
27
—
85
G
54
WB
26
NR
84
—
53
RU
25
—
83
Y
52
RY
24
—
82
G
51
OB
23
BRD
81
—
50
—
22
UY
80
—
49
—
79
—
21
BU
48
—
78
—
20
—
47
—
77
—
19
—
46
—
76
—
18
BS
45
RG
75
—
17
—
44
R
74
—
16
U
43
—
73
—
15
BRD
42
G
72
—
14
N
41
—
71
—
13
US
40
—
70
—
12
RP
39
—
69
—
11
—
38
—
68
—
10
—
37
Y
67
—
9
W
36
S
66
—
8
RB
35
—
65
—
7
—
64
—
34
B
6
B
63
—
33
YP
5
OG
62
—
32
YU
4
OK
61
—
31
—
3
—
60
—
30
YB
2
RS
59
—
29
OR
1
OU
58
—
57
—
56
—
1
YU
2
BS
23
—
3
P
EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK
24
—
4
—
25
LGB
5
—
26
LGU
6
—
27
LGP
7
—
28
LGN
8
—
29
WB
9
—
30
B
10
—
12
BG
33
B
13
BW
34
BY
EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
14
BK
35
BU
15
BLG
36
BO
16
BP
37
BN
17
BS
38
BR
L
G
H
Y
INSTRUMENT PACK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
LS27
FC24
FC25
LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK
1
BK
25
—
2
WG
26
B
3
—
27
RO
4
—
28
—
5
—
29
—
6
SO
30
—
7
—
31
—
8
—
32
—
9
—
33
BR
10
SU
34
—
FC24 / 48-WAY / BLACK
11
—
35
Y
12
—
36
O
13
UY
37
—
14
R
38
—
15
—
39
—
16
—
40
—
17
—
41
—
18
—
42
—
19
S
43
—
20
U
44
—
21
—
45
—
22
—
46
—
23
Y
47
G
24
Y
48
G
1
—
13
BW
2
—
14
RW
3
PY
15
—
4
SG
16
YW
FC25 / 24-WAY / BLACK
5
OU
17
—
6
UB
18
—
7
OB
19
OS
8
—
20
UW
9
—
21
RLG
10
—
22
SW
11
—
23
OP
12
—
24
—
TOP
17
W
1
UO
10
—
18
R
2
US
11
—
19
UP
3
S
12
—
20
WU
4
G
13
UB
21
P
5
Y
14
R
22
U
6
Y
15
G
23
—
7
O
16
RY
24
B
8
B
25
NY
9
NR
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
25

26
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
FC15
79
NG
80
NB
81
GR
82
GR
83
GB
84
U
85
S
86
OP
87
SK
88
YG
89
YW
90
BK
91
BK
53
RK
54
RB
55
SP
56*
UM
57
GR
58
SB
59
PY
60
RY
61
KG
62
—
63
SG
64
—
65
—
27
YK
28
RW
29
—
30
U
31
GB
32
WN
33
WY
34
LGK
35
OU
36
—
37
LGR
38
OR
39
Y
1
RY
2
GY
3
GK
4
GU
5
SO
6
YW
7
—
8
—
9
LGU
10
RW
11
YB
12
OP
13
—
92
SU
93
YK
94
LGO
95
RS
96
PW
97
—
98
—
99
PN
100
BR
101
PW
102
NB
103
—
104
NY
66
PU
67
UR
68
US
69
OK
70
GS
71
SR
72
YU
73
—
74
RW
75
GR
76
GK
77
RG
78
PG
40
WU
41
RW
42
UY
43
WLG
44
OY
45
UG
46
YB
47
YLG
48
OG
49
GO
50
GY
51
RW
52
BS
14
UB
15
WO
16
RY
17
OY
18
YS
19
BLG
20
OG
21
SO
22
—
23
—
24
NW
25
B
26
YG
79
NG
80
NB
81
GR
82
GR
83
GB
84
U
85
S
86
OP
87
SK
88
YG
89
YR
90
BK
91
BK
53
RK
54
RB
55
SP
56
UW
57
GR
58
SB
59
PY
60
RY
61
KG
62
—
63
SG
64
—
65
—
27
YK
28
RW
29
—
30
U
31
GB
32
WN
33
WY
34
LGK
35
OU
36
—
37
LGR
38
OR
39
Y
1
RY
2
GY
3
GK
4
GU
5
SO
6
YW
7
—
8
—
9
LGU
10
RW
11
YB
12
OP
13
—
92
SU
93
YK
94
LGO
95
RS
96
PW
97
—
98
—
99
PN
100
BR
101
PW
102
NB
103
—
104
NY
66
PU
67
UR
68
US
69
OK
70
GS
71
SR
72
YU
73
—
74
RW
75
GR
76
GK
77
RG
78
PG
40
WU
41
RW
42
UY
43
WLG
44
OY
45
UG
46
YB
47
YLG
48
OG
49
GO
50
GY
51
RW
52
BS
14
UB
15
WO
16
RY
17
OY
18
YS
19
BLG
20
OG
21
SO
22
—
23
—
24
NW
25
B
26
YG
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
LGS
7
—
6
GW
5
RY
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
US
26
YO
25
—
24
—
23
—
22
—
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
15
—
14
—
8
S
7
RO
6
NK
5
YW
4
OG
3
UW
2
—
1
—
16
U
15
NY
14
BK
13
BK
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
UB
BT2
BT1
CA61
EM68
10
R
9
SU
8
OG
7
OR
6
O
5
U
4
NR
3
BRD
2
BRD
1
—
20
RB
19
RW
18
UW
17
Y
16
O
15
UB
14
WO
13
WN
12
BK
11
SO
19
—
20
PB
21
UB
22
RB
23
—
24
OB
25
U
26
US
27
NS
28
K
29
—
30
OS
31
OW
32
OW
33
OY
34
OY
35
—
1
SO
2
—
3
UW
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
—
8
—
9
—
10
O
11
WK
12
—
13
OB
14
OG
15
OP
16
—
17
—
18
B
FC22
25
R
24
R
23
S
22
S
21
P
20
P
19
YR
18
Y
17
YU
16
Y
15
—
14
YR
13
Y
12
—
11
YU
10
Y
9
OS
8
—
7
YR
6
BK
5
WK
4
N
3
U
2
N
1
U
50
—
49
—
48
—
47
—
46
—
45
—
44
—
43
—
42
—
41
—
40
Y
39
—
38
—
37
—
36
—
35
—
34
—
33
—
32
—
31
—
30
—
29
—
28
—
27
—
26
—
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (LHD)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK
BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (RHD)
CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK

XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
12
WR
1
WP
13
B
2
GY
14
B
3
WN
15
GW
4
WU
16
OU
5
NY
17
PG
6
PY
18
LGW
7
UG
19
BW
8
P
20
BK
9
UN
21
O
10
K
22
—
11
—
7
SY
1
ULG
8
SR
2
S
9
—
3
SG
10
—
4
—
11
UB
5
OY
12
KU
6
UG
9
—
1
OP
10
OR
2
RG
11
YG
3
YW
12
—
4
—
13
UY
5
SU
14
—
6
SG
15
UK
7
US
16
GP
8
GO
14
—
1
RLG
15
—
2
U
16
LGN
3
UY
17
RW
4
PS
18
LGP
5
KW
19
RU
6
RY
20
SR
7
PR
21
Y
8
PY
22
NR
9
RB
23
— 24 —
10
— 11 —
25
UR
12
UW
26
GU
13
UO
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SM1-D SM2-D SM3-D
SM1-D
SM3-D
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK
SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
9
PY
1
RO
10
PW
2
RS
11
KY
3
US
12
KW
4
UO
13
UW
5
GS
14
UY
6
GO
15
RY
7
PS
16
RW
8
PO
14
WB
1
WB
15
WB
2
WB
16
—
3
—
17
—
4
—
18
W
5
W
19
W
6
W
20
—
7
—
21
—
8
WP
22
—
9
WU
23
—
10
WO
24
—
11
WR
25
—
12
WY
26
—
13
—
6
GW
1
BK
7
—
2
B
8
GY
3
KS
9
S
4
KO
10
U
5
NK
9
PY
1
RO
10
PW
2
RS
11
KY
3
US
12
KW
4
UO
13
UW
5
GS
14
UY
6
GO
15
RY
7
PS
16
RW
8
PO
6
GW
1
BK
7
—
2
B
8
GY
3
KS
9
S
4
KO
10
U
5
NK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1
SM1-P
SM3-P
9
PY
1
RO
10
PW
2
RS
SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK
11
KY
3
US
12
KW
4
UO
13
UW
5
GS
14
UY
6
GO
15
RY
7
PS
16
RW
8
PO
SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK
6
GW
1
—
7
—
2
B
8
GY
3
KS
9
S
4
KO
10
U
5
NK
6
GO
12
GR
BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
5
GS
11
GW
4
PO
10
OW
3
PS
9
B
2
OU
8
PW
1
OS
7
PR
11
— 10
PW
22
— 21
—
9
PY
20
RW
8
RY
19
UW
7
—
18
UY
6
—
17
YW
5
—
16
YG
4
—
15
GW
3
—
14
GY
2
—
13
—
1
—
12
—
6
NW
12
NW
5
B
11
—
4
NK
10
—
3
B
9
—
2
—
8
—
1
—
7
—
11
SY
22
B
10
B
21
—
9
—
20
—
8
—
19
—
7
—
18
—
6
—
17
—
5
—
16
—
4
—
15
—
3
—
14
—
2
—
13
—
1
—
12
B
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
27

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11
DD10
PD11
PD10
* ROW NON-MEMORY: DD11-2 NOT USED
15
BW
7
BP
22
BN
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
14
—
6
BY
21
BS
13
OU
5
OB
20
G
12
OY
4
OU
19
—
11
—
3
OR
18
BO
10
YN
2
UG
17
SN
9
YR
1
BK
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
OK
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
14
GW
6
—
21
OU
13
—
5
SY
20
WU
12
—
4
ON
19
BR
11
—
3
OG
18
B
10
BG
2
Y
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
15
—
7
—
22
—
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
—
5
—
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
—
PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
14
GW
6
—
21
—
13
—
5
SY
20
—
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD)
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD)
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
15
BW
7
BP
22
BN
14
—
6
BY
21
BS
13
OU
5
OB
20
G
12
OY
4
OU
19
—
11
—
3
OR
18
—
10
YN
2*
UG
17
SN
9
YR
1
BK
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
OK
14
GW
6
SU
21
OU
13
—
5
SY
20
WU
12
—
4
ON
19
BR
11
—
3
OG
18
BO
10
BG
2
Y
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
15
—
7
—
22
—
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
—
5
—
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
—
14
GW
6
SU
21
—
13
—
5
SY
20
—
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD)
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)
15
BS
7
BG
22
BY
14
—
6
BN
21
BW
13
OB
5
OU
20
G
12
OY
4
OU
19
—
11
—
3
OR
18
—
10
YN
2*
UG
17
SN
9
YR
1
BK
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
OK
14
GW
6
SU
21
OU
13
—
5
SY
20
WU
12
—
4
ON
19
BO
11
—
3
OG
18
BR
10
BP
2
Y
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RD11
RD10
RP11
RP10
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
15
US
7
BK
22
UN
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
KS
5
UP
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
YK
14
GW
6
—
21
PU
13
—
5
—
20
WU
12
—
4
PN
19
BK
11
—
3
PG
18
—
10
—
2
Y
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
15
U
7
—
22
—
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
—
5
—
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
U
15
OW
7
UW
22
—
14
GW
6
—
21
—
13
—
5
—
20
—
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
15
US
7
BK
22
UN
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
KS
5
UP
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
—
15
OW
7
UW
22
YK
14
GW
6
—
21
PU
13
—
5
—
20
WU
12
—
4
PN
19
BK
11
—
3
PG
18
—
10
—
2
Y
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
15
U
7
—
22
—
14
—
6
BO
21
BG
13
—
5
—
20
G
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
—
9
—
1
—
16
—
8
U
15
OW
7
UW
22
—
14
GW
6
—
21
—
13
—
5
—
20
—
12
—
4
—
19
—
11
—
3
—
18
—
10
—
2
—
17
B
9
U
1
NO
16
S
8
BK
28
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
Heater pump relay
brown / bus
Front fog lamp relay
brown / bus
Air conditioning isolate relay
violet / violet
Fold-back relay
violet / violet
LH heelboard fuse box
Door locking relay
violet / violet
Fold-out relay
violet / violet
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Seat lower relay (LHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (LHD)
violet / violet
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
Engine compartment
fuse box
Main beam relay
brown / bus
Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Side marker and number plate lamp relay
brown / bus
Wiper fast / slow relay
black / black
Wiper run / stop relay
black / black
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 2
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 1
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
RELAYS
EMS control relay
brown / bus
Engine management
fuse box
Trunk fuse box
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
violet / violet
Fuel filler flap lock relay
violet / violet
TRUNK RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
RH windshield heater relay
black / black
LH windshield heater relay
black / black
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
RH heelboard fuse box
LH lumbar deflate relay
blue / blue
RH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
RH blower motor relay
blue / blue
Door mirror heater relay
blue / blue
LH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
Auxiliary positive relay
brown / bus
LH blower motor relay
blue / blue
Seat lower relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
29

XJ Series 1998
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
B
BT61
250A x 2
N
BT62
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
250A
N
N
N
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ST6
ST5
N
6
03.1
03.2
STARTER
BT65
BATTERY
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
WU
2
II
10
I
BT4-17
FC1-44
BATTERY + POST
WU
WU
WO
WN
BT37
FC15-97
FC15-15
FC15-32
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
O
I
I
B+ (BT66)
1
N
BT64
15
I
1
I
WN
CA42-6
1
5
2
2
3
ST13
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
N
N
ST14
3 E
3 4
4
II
5
PK
04.1
6
II
WY
CA2-6
N N
PK
EM20-6
N N
WY
LS7-9
ST15
ST20 ST21
1
2
1
2
2
5
3
5
3
5
IGNITION POSITIVE
EMS CONTROL RELAY
RELAY
7
II
2
II
04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
1
3
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY †
N
ST19
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LOGIC
1
04.7
1
07.2
POWER
2
3
07.2
09.3 09.4
2
3
09.1
09.1
09.2
09.2
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
4
5
6
04.4 04.7
09.3 09.4
18.1
4
5
6
14.1
09.1
13.3
09.2
13.4 18.1
RELAYS
RELAYS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2
3 2
BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 20A CA2
-1
#2 5A CA2
-5
#3 5A CA2
-3
#4 5A CA2
-8
#5 15A CA1
-9
#6 5A CA1
-10
#7 15A CA1
-4
#8 5A CA1
-7
#9 10A CA1
-2
#11 20A CA2
-2
#13 25A CA2
-4
#15 25A CA1
-3
#17 10A CA1
-1
#18 5A CA1
-6
NK
NW
NY
NU
NB
NR
NY
NP
NG
NW
NO
NO
NLG
NR
CA222
-9
CAS19
CA223
-4
-10
-20
-5
-6
CAS1
NW
NW
NR
NR
NP
NP
NLG
CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)
CA10-7
CA14-2
FC5-19†
CA19-13
FC5-B
CA19-11
FC5-C
FC5-9
CA23-2
IC1-13
NW
DDS2
NR
FC5-28 FCS6
BT4-A
FC5-12
NK
NW
NW
NW
NY
NU
NB
NR
NR
NR
NY
NP
NP
NG
NW
NO
NO
NLG
NLG
NR
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5
10.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
11.2 11.3 12.1 15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
10.2 18.1
19.1 19.2
BPM
09.1 09.2 09.3 09.4
08.1
13.3 13.4
BPM
11.2
12.1 12.2 12.3
16.1 16.2
07.2
10.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
18.1
18.1
08.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 20A CA42
-1
#2 15A CA42
-5
#3 15A CA42
-3
#4 10A CA42
-8
#5 5A CA41
-9
#6 10A CA41
-10
#7 20A CA41
-4
#8 5A CA41
-7
#9 5A
#11 20A CA42
-2
#13 25A
CA41
-2
CA42
-4
#15 25A CA41
-3
#17 15A CA41
-1
#18 25A CA41
-6
NK
NW
NG
NB
NP
NY
NB
NG
NU
NU
NO
NO
NK
NS
CAS62
CA224
-9
CAS60
-10
-20
NY
NG
NG
NS
NS
NK
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD) NW
CAS5
FC1-B
CA20-8
FC1-D
CA12-2
CA16-2
CA27-2
CA23-9
CA27-9
NG
NB
NB
NB
NB
NB
NP
NY
NY
NB
NG
NG
NU
NU
NO
NO
NK
NS
NS
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5
13.1 13.2
BPM
07.2
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
16.3
07.1
07.1
BPM
15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
12.4 12.5
07.2
10.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.6 12.7
12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ from
the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin
identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3
1
5 4
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 10A BT13
-7
#2 5A BT13
-1
#9 10A BT11
-3
#10 10A BT13
-2
#12 15A BT12
-3
#14 BT13
-4
#16 20A BT12
-4
NK
NU
NG
NY
NP
NP
IC2-1
NK
NU
NG
NY
NP
NP
48
49
50
51
52
53
09.3
13.1
16.1
13.1
16.2
09.3 09.4
09.4
13.2
16.2
13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
BATTERY POWER BUS
#9 10A LS6
-3
#10 LS8
-2
#12 30A LS7
-3
#14 30A LS8
-4
#16 30A LS7
-4
#18 30A LS5
-1
#20 LS5
-3
NLG
LS32-2
NW
NLG
NG
NY
NR
66
67
68
69
70
13.3
04.4 04.7 07.2
04.4 04.7 07.2
06.1
06.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 20A EM20
-1
#2 15A EM20
-5
#3 25A EM20
-3
#4 5A EM20
-8
#5 10A EM19
-9
#6 5A EM19
-10
#7 EM19
-4
#8 10A EM19
-7
#9 30A EM19
-2
NS
NW
NW
NO
NY
NR
NLG
NG
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
11.6
04.7
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
05.1
04.4 04.7 07.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
#18 20A BT10
-1
#20 20A BT10
-3
NK
BT4-E
NW
BT4-B
NK
NW
CAS57
NW
NW
CA109-6
CA109-5
CA109-7
NW
BSS1
NK
NW
NW
NW
54
55
56
57
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
#22 30A
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
LS5
-2
NU
71
14.1
#11 EM20
-2
#13 EM20
-4
#15 30A EM19
-3
NG
EM42-2
NG
80
07.2
NW
BS4-19
NW
BCS3
NW
NW
NW
NW
58
59
60
61
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
#17 30A EM19
-1
#18 10A EM19
-6
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
NP
EM42-3
NP
NW
81
82
07.2
04.4 04.7
NW
62
12.8
NW
63
12.8
#22 20A BT10
-2
NP NP NP
BT4-F
CA109-2 BSS3
NP
NP
64
65
12.9
12.9
12.10
12.10
TRUNK FUSE BOX
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4
IGNITION POWER BUS
2
II
#10 5A CA2
-7
#12 10A CA2
-10
#14 10A CA1
-8
WK
WP
CAS9
WG
CAS47
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.
CA225
WK
-19 -18
WP
WP
CA20-3
WP
WP
WP
WP
WG
WG
CA19-6
WG
WG
FC1-31
5
II
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
10
II
11
II
12
II
17.1
07.1
07.2
07.2
07.2
11.1
04.4 04.7
08.1
29
II
1
2
4
#3 10A BT13
-8
#4 5A BT13
-9
#5 5A BT11
-2
04.7
07.2
04.4 04.7
RELAYS
BT10
-9
WS
WK
WU
WS
BTS30
BT4-1
BT4-5
WK
WU
CA20-10
CA109-1
WU
BSS6
WK
WU
WU
POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
BSS7
WU
WU
HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
24
II
25
II
26
II
27
II
28
II
19.1 19.2
12.9
12.9
12.10
12.10
TRUNK FUSE BOX
WS
WS
WS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
1
I
#16 10A CA1
-5
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
#10 5A CA42
-7
#12 5A CA42
-10
#14 25A CA41
-8
#16 CA41
-5
WS
WG
WY
WU
CAS8
WS
CA20-15
IC1-9
BT4-2
WS
CCS16
CAS10
CAS12
WS
WS
WS
WS
WS
WG
WG
WG
WY
WU
WU
13
II
14
II
15
II
16
II
17
II
18
I
19
I
20
I
21
I
22
I
23
I
11.5
05.1 05.2
05.1 05.2
05.2
06.1
10.1
10.1
16.3
16.1
18.1
18.1
12.1
16.2
12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7
IGNITION POWER BUS
4
II
44
II
#1 10A
#2 5A
LS8
-7
LS8
-1
#3 10A LS8
-8
#4 5A LS8
-9
#5 10A LS6
-2
LS5
-9
WB
WS WS WS WS
EM1-2 EMS10 EM42-1
SHS1
WR
WU
WK
WR
LSS5
EM51-1
EM51-2
WR WR WR
LS3-12
FC5-46 FCS22
WK
EMS6
WB
WS
WS
WS
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WU
WK
WK
WK
WK
30
II
31
II
32
II
33
II
34
II
35
II
36
II
37
II
38
II
39
II
40
II
41
II
42
II
43
II
05.1 05.2
07.2
07.2
03.1 03.2
09.5
09.5
13.3
09.3 09.4
09.5
06.1
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
11.6
1
07.2
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
2
09.1
09.2
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.5
3
E
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
#10 5A EM20
-7
WR
EMS7
WR
PI1-47
WP
PIS8
WP
WP
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WU
45 E
46
E
47
E
48 E
49 E
50
E
51 E
52
E
04.5 04.6
04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
05.1
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
#12 10A EM20
-10
WU
WU
PI1-28
NOTE: PIS6 – AJ26 4.0 N/A only.
WP
PIS6
EM2-3
WP
FC1-46
WU
WU
WP
WP
WP
53
E
54
E
55 E
56 E
57
E
04.1 04.2 04.3
04.1 04.2 04.3
04.1 04.5
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
#14 10A EM19
-8
#16 5A EM19
-5
WP
EMS30
WP
EM51-7
WP
WP
WP
WP
WY
58 E
59 E
60
E
61
E
WP 62 E
63 E
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7 07.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7 07.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
III
III
III
III
II
II
II
II
I
I
I
I
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF)
IGNITION SWITCH
(I)
IGNITION SWITCH
(II)
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
BK
FCS7
BK
III
FC4-1
II
FC4-3
I
FC4-5
FC4-2
IGNITION SWITCH
RW
WO
WN
1 BPM
FCS21
WO
FC1-14
WO
FC11-11
WO
WO
WO
WO
2
II
3
II
4
II
5
II
BPM
19.1 19.2
13.3 13.4
14.1
FC17L
WO
CAS82
WO
WO
CA6-2
CA6-1
CA6-3
INERTIA SWITCH
WY
CAS22
WY
WY
LS3-2
FC1-9
CA20-11
WY
WY
WY
WO
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
01.1
01.1
BPM
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
05.3 06.1
09.3 09.4
11.6
FCS20
WN
FC11-14
WN
CCS17
WN
CA19-19
WN
CAS17
WN
BT4-3
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
10
I
11
I
12
I
13
I
14
I
15
I
16
I
17
I
BPM
10.2
13.3
07.1
19.1
01.1
15.1
18.1
13.4
19.2
15.2
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1
N
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
B
BT61
250A x 2
BT62
N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63
N
N
01.1
01.1
ST6
ST5
BT65
BATTERY
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BK
FC17L
FCS7
BK
FC4-5
III
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
RW
WO
WN
1
02.1
02.1
13
NB
RW
Y
SU
SO
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-39
FC15-92
FC15-21
B+
I
D
D
D
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
O
FC15-73
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
74
40
II
GO
NW
WK
3
1
EM50
5
2
WR
GO
STARTER RELAY
BK
CCS5
BK
CC21-3
CC21-1
RU
FC7-3
RU
FC15-7
I
LOGIC
POWER
CC3R
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I
GO
ENGINE
START
EM11-6
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RU
05.1 I
EM10-15
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
D
D
EM10-17
EM10-6
Y
O
EM2-13
EM2-15
Y
FCS30
SO
SU
Y
O
FC22-11
FC22-9
FC22-17
FC22-16
D
D
D
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR
WR
ST3
EM60-2
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
33
II
08.1
WS
SW
EM3-7
SW
PI2-12
PI1-11
WK
SW
PI50-2
PI50-1
REGULATOR
STARTER MOTOR
ST1
ST2
N
B
6
N
AN3-1
AN3-2
N
B
AN1
AN2
ST4
B
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Fig. 03.2
N
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
B
BT61
250A x 2
BT62
N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63
N
N
01.1
01.1
ST6
ST5
BT65
BATTERY
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FC17L
BK
FCS7
BK
FC4-5
III
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
RW
WO
WN
1
02.1
02.1
13
NB
RW
Y
SU
SO
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-39
FC15-92
FC15-21
B+
I
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
D
D
D
O
FC15-73
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
74
40
II
GO
NW
WK
3
1
EM50
5
2
WR
GO
STARTER RELAY
P, N O
CC8-4
RU
FC7-3
RU
FC15-7
I
LOGIC
POWER
RS
P, N O
B B B B
I
CC8-5 EM63-11
EMS4 EMS17 EM63-12 CC8-2
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
EM8R
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGINE
START
I
EM11-6
GO
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
I
D
D
RS
EM10-15
Y
EM10-17
O
EM10-6
EM2-13
EM2-15
Y
FCS30
SO
SU
Y
O
FC22-11
FC22-9
FC22-17
FC22-16
D
D
D
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
ST3
WR
EM60-2
WR
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
33
II
08.1
WS
SW
EM3-7
SW
PI2-12
PI1-11
WK
SW
PI50-2
PI50-1
REGULATOR
STARTER MOTOR
ST1
ST2
N
B
6
N
AN3-1
AN3-2
N
B
AN1
AN2
ST4
B
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
63
E
WY
B
EMS38
EM66-2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
B
EM66-1
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
A
B
IATS
υ
A
B
υ
A
λ
UPSTREAM
HO2S
B
λ
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
A
λ
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
B
λ
EM16R
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2
PI35 -5 -2 -1
-4
-3
S
W
S
W
R
W
R
W
PI4 -2 -1
U
W
B
B
U
W
B
B
CV1 -2 -1
FP1-1 -2 -3
U
W
U
W
9
II
US
79
58
E
CA19-16
CAS81
NG
WP
WO
US
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
LS3-1
3
1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
LSS1
US
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM49
5
2
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
47 WR
B+
E
EM10-1
41
WK B+
II
EM10-5
NO
75 B+
EM10-9
48 WR
B+
E
EM14-3
CC11-1
O
03.1
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
RU
05.1
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1 O
EM10-16
Y
03.1
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C –
EM10-25
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-26
G
19.1
C –
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-28
19.2
GY
EM1-1
OU
US
EM53-11
EMS20
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
EMS21 EM10-10
OU
W
GY
GY
GR
US
EM10-14
P
19.2
D
EM11-3
GO
03.1 I
EM11-6
EM13-2
EM14-1
EM14-2
EM13-14
I
I
D
B+
B+
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
EM10-20
EM10-21
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM11-7
EM11-8
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-11
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM11-15
EM11-16
EM12-12
EM12-13
EM12-14
EM12-15
EM12-16
EM12-17
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM13-4
EM13-11
EM13-12
EM13-13
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-19
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-28
EM13-29
EM14-4
EM14-5
EM14-6
EM14-7
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM14-10
EM14-11
EM14-12
EM15-1
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM15-11
EM15-12
EM15-22
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BG
UW
B
BK
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
RY
PI1-16
WU
EMS1
RG
WU
EMS2
WP
PN
BG
BG
BY
BY
BY
BY
GY
WU
BY
GY
BK
EMS36
B
EMS38
B
EMS37
EM8L EM16R EM16L
BG
UP
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57
BG
UP
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1
UW
B
BRD
B
BRD
O
O
Y
Y
BRD
54 56 52
PI1-27
PIS10
53 E E E E
60 E
61 E
55 E
EMS19
UW
EMS18
R
G
BRD
P
P
1
EM57-1
S
BRD
S
BRD
N
BRD
N
BRD
UY
BG
PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
BG
PI1-6 BG
PIS1
EM3-8 RG
EM3-12 UW
EM3-9
EM2-18
OK
PI2-7
PI2-6
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS9
WR
EM57-2
49
E
WR
EM58-2
2
EM58-1
50
E
3
UY
EMS8
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
EM59 -1 -2
B
B
R
G
EMS11
EM17
R
BG
BG
BRD
PU
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
WP
THROTTLE
MOTOR
G
K
BRD
BRD
PS
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
R
WP
BY
FC1-45
BG
RG
UW
UW
OK
WP
OK
PIS9
BG
PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
BG
RG
UW
BT5 -1 -2
BG
RG
UW
BRD
U
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14
PI1 -3 -4 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
UW
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
-3
UW
BG
U
G
BRD
PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
N
BRD
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.2
63
E
WY
B
EMS38
EM66-2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
B
EM66-1
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
A
B
IATS
υ
A
B
υ
A
λ
HO2S
B
λ
HO2S
EM16R
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2
PI35 -5 -2 -1
-4
-3
S
W
S
W
R
W
R
W
PI4 -2 -1
U
W
B
B
U
W
B
B
NOT USED
FC1-45
9
II
US
79
58
E
CA19-16
CAS81
NG
WP
WO
US
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
LS3-1
3
1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
LSS1
US
47
WR
B+
E
EM10-1
41
WK B+
II
EM10-5
NO
75 B+
EM10-9
48
WR
B+
E
EM14-3
CC11-1
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM49
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
O
03.1
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
RU
05.1
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1 O
EM10-16
Y
03.1
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C –
EM10-25
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-26
G
19.1
C –
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-28
19.2
GY
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
5
2
EM1-1
OU
US
EM53-11
EMS21 EM10-10
OU
W
GY
GY
GR
US
EM10-14
P
19.2
D
EM11-3
GO
03.1 I
EM11-6
EMS20
EM13-2
EM14-1
EM14-2
EM13-14
I
I
D
B+
B+
O
O
O
I
I
NOT USED
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOT
USED
O
O
NOT
USED
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
EM10-20
EM10-21
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM11-7
EM11-8
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-11
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM11-15
EM11-16
EM12-12
EM12-13
EM12-14
EM12-15
EM12-16
EM12-17
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM13-4
EM13-11
EM13-12
EM13-13
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-19
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-28
EM13-29
EM14-4
EM14-5
EM14-6
EM14-7
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM14-10
EM14-11
EM14-12
EM15-1
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM15-11
EM15-12
EM15-22
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BG
UW
B
BK
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
UP
GY
G
R
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
RY
PI1-16
WU
PI1-27
53
E
EMS1
EMS19
RG
WU
54
E
EMS2
WP
PN
BG
BG
BY
BY
BY
BY
GY
WU
PIS10
BY
GY
BK
EMS36
B
EMS38
B
EMS37
EM8L EM16R EM16L
56
E
UW
BG
UP
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57
EMS18
R
G
52
E
BG
UP
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2
UW
B
BRD
B
BRD
O
O
Y
Y
BRD
BRD
P
P
1
EM57-1
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
S
BRD
S
BRD
N
BRD
N
BRD
UY
BG
PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
BG
PI1-6 BG
PIS1
EM3-8 RG
EM3-12 UW
EM3-9
EM2-18
OK
PI2-7
PI2-6
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS9
WR
EM57-2
49
E
WR
EM58-2
2
EM58-1
50
E
3
UY
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
EM59 -1 -2
B
B
R
G
EMS11
EM17
R
BG
BG
BRD
PU
EMS8
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
WP
THROTTLE
MOTOR
60
E
G
K
BRD
PI42
-5
BRD
PS
R
PI42
-3
WP
BY
61
E
PI42
-1
UW
PI42
-4
OK
PIS9
BG
PI42
-2
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
BRD
U
BG
RG
UW
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14
PI1 -3 -4 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
UW
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
G
PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOT
USED
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.3
63
E
WY
B
EMS38
EM66-2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
B
EM66-1
NOT USED
EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
IATS
A B
υ
υ
A
λ
HO2S
B
λ
HO2S
EM16R
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2
PI35 -5 -2 -1
-4
-3
S
W
S
W
R
W
R
W
PI4 -2 -1
U
W
B
B
U
W
B
B
NOT USED
FC1-45
9
II
US
79
58
E
CA19-16
CAS81
NG
WP
WO
US
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
LS3-1
3
1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
LSS1
US
47
WR
B+
E
EM10-1
41
WK B+
II
EM10-5
75
NO
B+
EM10-9
48
WR
B+
E
EM14-3
CC11-1
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM49
5
2
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
O
03.1
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
RU
05.1
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1 O
EM10-16
Y
03.1
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C –
EM10-25
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-26
G
19.1
C –
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-28
19.2
GY
EM1-1
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
OU
US
EM53-11
EMS20
EMS21 EM10-10
OU
W
GY
GY
GR
US
EM10-14
P
19.2
D
EM11-3
GO
03.1 I
EM11-6
EM13-2
EM14-1
EM14-2
EM13-14
I
I
D
B+
B+
O
O
O
I
I
NOT USED
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOT
USED
O
O
NOT
USED
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
EM10-20
EM10-21
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM11-7
EM11-8
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-11
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM11-15
EM11-16
EM12-12
EM12-13
EM12-14
EM12-15
EM12-16
EM12-17
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM13-4
EM13-11
EM13-12
EM13-13
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-19
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-28
EM13-29
EM14-4
EM14-5
EM14-6
EM14-7
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM14-10
EM14-11
EM14-12
EM15-1
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM15-11
EM15-12
EM15-22
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BG
UW
B
BK
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
UP
GY
G
R
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
RY
PI1-16
WU
EMS1
RG
WU
EMS2
WP
PN
BG
BG
BY
BY
BY
BY
GY
WU
PI1-27
PIS10
53 54 56
52
E E E
EMS19
UW
BY
GY
BK
EMS36
B
EMS38
B
EMS37
EM8L EM16R EM16L
BG
UP
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57
EMS18
R
G
BG
UP
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2
UW
B
BRD
B
BRD
O
O
Y
Y
BRD
BRD
P
P
1
EM57-1
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
S
BRD
S
BRD
N
BRD
N
BRD
UY
BG
E
60
61
E E
PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
BG
PI1-6 BG
PIS1
EM3-8 RG
EM3-12 UW
EM3-9
EM2-18
OK
PI2-7
PI2-6
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS9
WR
EM57-2
49
E
WR
EM58-2
2
EM58-1
50
E
3
UY
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
EM59 -1 -2
B
B
R
G
EMS11
EM17
R
BG
BG
BRD
PU
EMS8
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
WP
THROTTLE
MOTOR
G
K
BRD
BRD
PS
R
WP
BY
UW
OK
PIS9
BG
PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
BRD
BG
RG
UW
U
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14
PI1 -3 -4 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
UW
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
G
PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOT
USED
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.4
1
29
II
TRUNK FUSE BOX
3
1
EM10-2
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
5
#7 20A
2
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown on
Fig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3.
O
I
I
I
UG
ULG
UN
PG
BT11-1
NU
KN
BT11-10
BT4
-19
KN
FC1
-42
KN
EM3
-5
PG
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
WU
CC40-3 PG
WU
SP
EM53 EM53 EM53
-17 -16 -14
CC40-2
FCS28
EM3-11
EM3-10
BK
DIMMER OVERRIDE
SR
SG
BO
CCS21
10.2
RLG
SP
WU
CC20
-10
CASSETTE
SR
SR
SW1
SC3-4
-4
SW2-4 SW3-3
CASSETTE
SG
SG
SW1
SC3-3
-3
SW2-3 SW3-1
CASSETTE
BO
BO
SW1
SC3-12
-6
SW2-6
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
270 Ω 510 Ω
CC20
-7
WG
CC20
ON / OFF
CC20
-9 -8
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
–
+
CANCEL
RESUME
SW3-4
SW3-2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
BO
BO
SWS1
11
II
STEERING WHEEL
PI18-2 -1
GU
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
GU
GS
GK
PI21-2 -1
GW
GW
IGNITION COILS
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12
-11 -10 -8
-11
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
GB
GR
GO
EM29
-7
PI25-2 -1
GP
GP
EM29
-12
PW
EM29
-10
PIS5
EMS22
PW
PI1-53
PW
PW
PW
PW
UB
5
2
EM26
3
1
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
NW
WP
82
59
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
EM11-1
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM12-5
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
SR
WU
SG
WU
RW
SLG
SG
RY
FC17R
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION
MODULE 1
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9
-9
-2 -5 -3 -6
LGU
LGS
LGR
LGK
B
B
LGP
LGW
LGO
LGY
IGNITION
MODULE 2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
EM13-1
EM13-3
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-4
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM15-17
EM15-18
KN
SP
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP
BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS
EM1-11
EM1-12
OY
W
LS31-2
LS31-9
EMS4
B
EM8R
LS31-8
WP
62
E
-1
EM53-3
EMS26
RLG
EM53-8
EM53-9
EM53-12
EM53-10
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits.
RLG
RY
UG
ULG
UN
PG
RLG
5
2
EM25
CC31-7
CC30-1
CC31-9
CC31-17
CC28-1
I
O
O
I
I
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
3
1
NLG
WP
78
57
E
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL TANK
BT9-2
BT9-1
NU
B
BTS21
B
BT20
76
42
II
NY
WK
3
1
EM52
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
5
2
BR
PI2-5
B B
EMS11
EM17
BR
PIS2
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BS
BR
BY
BR
BO
BR
BP
PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
FUEL INJECTORS
OG
LS31-5
WU
LS31-7
B
LS31-1
LS10R
OY
LS32-1
OG
LS32-4
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
OY
OG
CF1-1
CF2-2
CF1-2
LH RADIATOR FAN
CF2-1
RH RADIATOR FAN
B
NG
LS31-3
NLG
B
LS32-3
68
67
LS10L
RLG RLG B
PI1-13
PG PG
EM51-6
WU WU
EM51-5
RW RW
EM51-10
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
PI36-1
LS26-5
LS26-1
LS26-3
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
P
2–30 BAR
20 BAR
12 BAR
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
LS26-2
LS26-4
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
BK
BK
LSS17
BK
LS20L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.5
63 E
WY
B
EMS38
EM66-2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
B
EM66-1
S1 S2 S3 S4
EGRV
STEPPER MOTOR EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
IATS
A B
υ
υ
A
λ
UPSTREAM
HO2S
B
λ
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
A
λ
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
B
λ
IATS 2
υ
EM16R
PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3
-2 -5
EM39 -1 -2
PI35 -5 -2 -1
-4
-3
S
W
S
W
R
W
R
W
PI4 -2 -1
U
W
B
B
U
W
B
B
CV1 -2 -1
FP1-1 -2 -3
U
W
U
W
PI3 -1 -2
YU
YG
YN
YR
WP
WP
WP
PN
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
PI15 -1 -2
PI17 -1 -3 -2
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1
9
II
US
79
58
E
CA19-16
CAS81
NG
WP
WO
US
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
LS3-1
3
1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
LSS1
US
47
WR
B+
E
EM10-1
41
WK B+
II
EM10-5
NO
75 B+
EM10-9
48
WR
B+
E
EM14-3
CC11-1
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM49
5
2
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
O
03.2
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
RS
05.2
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1 O
EM10-16
Y
03.2
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C –
EM10-25
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-26
G
19.1
C –
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-28
19.2
GY
EM1-1
OU
US
EM53-11
EMS20
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
EMS21 EM10-10
OU
W
GY
GY
GR
US
EM10-14
P
19.2
D
EM11-3
GO
03.2 I
EM11-6
EM13-2
EM14-1
EM14-2
EM13-14
I
I
D
B+
B+
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
EM10-20
EM10-21
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM11-7
EM11-8
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-11
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM11-15
EM11-16
EM12-1
EM12-2
EM12-3
EM12-4
EM12-7
EM12-12
EM12-13
EM12-14
EM12-15
EM12-16
EM12-17
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM13-4
EM13-11
EM13-12
EM13-13
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-19
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-28
EM13-29
EM14-4
EM14-5
EM14-6
EM14-7
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM14-10
EM14-11
EM14-12
EM15-1
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
EM15-12
EM15-22
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
I
BG
UW
B
BK
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
YU
YG
YN
YR
UP
UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
PS
PU
PN
B
B
B
BK
PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
YU
YG
YN
EMS19
YR
EMS18
45
E
R
G
46
E
EMS1
PI2-7
PI2-6
56
E
BG
BG
BG
EMS2
UW
UW
EMS36
B
EMS38
B
EMS37
EM8L EM16R EM16L
PIS10
BY
BY
BY
BY
GY
52
E
PI1-6
UP
BG
BG
RG
UW
B
BRD
B
BRD
PW
RW*
PY*
O
O
WR
EM57-2
1
EM57-1
Y
Y
BRD
BRD
2
EM58-1
P
P
EMS9
WR
EM58-2
S
BRD
S
BRD
3
EM59 -1 -2
N
BRD
N
BRD
UY
BG
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
EM2-18
OK
49
E
50
E
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
B
EMS11
B
EM17
UY
EMS8
PIS1
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
R
G
R
BRD
PU
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
WP
THROTTLE
MOTOR
60
E
G
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
K
BRD
BRD
PS
R
WP
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
BY
61
E
FC1-45
UW
OK
WP
OK
PIS9
BG
PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2
BG
RG
UW
BT5 -1 -2 -3
BRD
U
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14
PI1 -3 -4 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
UW
MECHANICAL
GUARD
55
E
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
BG
RG
UW
UW
BG
U
G
BRD
PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
N
BRD
BG
UP
PI1-15
UP
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.6
63
E
WY
B
EMS38
EM66-2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
B
EM66-1
NOT USED
EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
IATS
A B
υ
υ
A
λ
HO2S
B
λ
HO2S
IATS 2
υ
EM16R
PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3
-2 -5
EM39 -1 -2
PI35 -5 -2 -1
-4
-3
S
W
S
W
R
W
R
W
PI4 -2 -1
U
W
B
B
U
W
B
B
NOT USED
FC1-45
PI3 -1 -2
YU
YG
YN
YR
WP
WP
WP
PN
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
PI15 -1 -2
PI17 -1 -3 -2
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
9
II
US
79
58
E
CA19-16
CAS81
NG
WP
WO
US
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
LS3-1
3
1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
LSS1
US
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM49
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
47
WR
B+
E
EM10-1
41
WK B+
II
EM10-5
NO
75 B+
EM10-9
48
WR
B+
E
EM14-3
CC11-1
O
03.2
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
RS
05.2
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1 O
EM10-16
Y
03.2
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C –
EM10-25
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-26
G
19.1
C –
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C +
EM10-28
19.2
GY
EM1-1
OU
US
EM53-11
EMS20
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
5
2
EMS21 EM10-10
OU
W
GY
GY
GR
US
EM10-14
P
19.2
D
EM11-3
GO
03.2 I
EM11-6
EM13-2
EM14-1
EM14-2
EM13-14
I
I
D
B+
B+
O
O
O
I
I
NOT USED
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
NOT
USED
O
O
NOT
USED
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
EM10-20
EM10-21
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM11-7
EM11-8
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-11
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM11-15
EM11-16
EM12-1
EM12-2
EM12-3
EM12-4
EM12-7
EM12-12
EM12-13
EM12-14
EM12-15
EM12-16
EM12-17
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM13-4
EM13-11
EM13-12
EM13-13
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-19
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-28
EM13-29
EM14-4
EM14-5
EM14-6
EM14-7
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM14-10
EM14-11
EM14-12
EM15-1
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
EM15-12
EM15-22
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BG
UW
B
BK
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
YU
YG
YN
YR
UP
UP
GY
G
R
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
PS
PU
PN
B
B
B
BK
PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
45
E
YU
YG
YN
YR
EMS19
EMS1
EMS18
46
E
56
E
BG
BG
BG
EMS2
UW
PIS10
BY
BY
BY
BY
GY
EMS36
B
EMS38
B
EMS37
EM8L EM16R EM16L
52
E
PI1-6
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
UP
BG
BG
RG
UW
UW
B
BRD
B
BRD
R
G
O
O
Y
Y
PW
RW*
PY*
BRD
BRD
P
P
EMS9
WR
EM57-2
1
EM57-1
S
BRD
S
BRD
WR
EM58-2
2
EM58-1
N
BRD
N
BRD
3
UY
BG
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
EM2-18
OK
PI2-7
PI2-6
49
E
50
E
UY
EM59 -1 -2
B
EMS11
B
PIS1
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
EM17
R
G
R
BRD
PU
EMS8
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
WP
THROTTLE
MOTOR
60
E
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
G
K
BRD
BRD
PS
R
WP
BY
61
E
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
UW
OK
PIS9
BG
PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2
BRD
U
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14
PI1 -3 -4 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
UW
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
BG
RG
UW
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
NOT USED
UW
BG
BG
UP
G
PI1
-15
UP
PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.7
TRUNK FUSE BOX
1
29
II
1
29
II
3
1
3
1
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
EM10-2
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
EM11-1
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM12-5
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
EM13-1
EM13-3
EM13-9
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-4
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM15-17
EM15-18
#15 20A
2
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1) †
5
#7 20A
2
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown
on Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6.
EM13-10
5
UG
ULG
UN
PG
SR
WU
SG
WU
RW
SLG
SG
RY
KN
SP
KB
RY
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP
BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS
BT12-2
BT10-5
BT11-1
UR
KB
NU
KN
BT11-10
BT4
-19
KN
FC1
-42
KN
EM3
-5
BT4
-9
KB
LS3
-21
KB
EM51
-8
PG
WU
SP
EM53 EM53 EM53
-17 -16 -14
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
EM1-11
EM1-12
CC40-3
CC40-2
WU
PG
EM3-11
EM3-10
FCS28
BK
FC17R
DIMMER OVERRIDE
SR
SG
BO
CCS21
10.2
RLG
SP
WU
CC20
-10
CASSETTE
SR
SR
SW1
SC3-4
-4
SW2-4 SW3-3
CASSETTE
SG
SG
SW1
SC3-3
-3
SW2-3 SW3-1
CASSETTE
BO
BO
SW1
SC3-12
-6
SW2-6
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
270 Ω 510 Ω
CC20
-7
WG
CC20
CC20
-9
ON / OFF
-8
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
–
+
CANCEL
RESUME
SW3-4
SW3-2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
BO
BO
SWS1
11
II
STEERING WHEEL
IGNITION
MODULE 1
PI18-2 -1
GU
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
GU
PI21-2 -1
GW
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12
-11 -10 -8
-11
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9
-9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
EMS4
EM8R
EM53-8
EM53-3
OY
W
LGU
GS
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
PI25-2 -1
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
LGS
LS31-2
LS31-9
GK
LGR
LGK
GW
B
IGNITION COILS
GB
B
B
GR
LGP
LS31-8
GO
EM29
-7
LGW
WP
LGO
GP
GP
EM29
-12
LGY
PW
EM29
-10
PIS5
EMS26
EMS22
PW
PI1-53
PW
PW
PW
IGNITION
MODULE 2
RLG
EM53-9
EM53-12
EM53-10
RLG
RY
2
1
62
WP 57
E E
PW
UB
WB
EM1-9
WB
RY
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits.
LS30-2
5
2
UG
ULG
UN
PG
RLG
EM26
3
1
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
5
1
5
EM41
LS30-1
INTERCOOLER PUMP
RELAY †
EM25
3
2
CC31-7
CC30-1
CC31-9
CC31-17
CC28-1
3
NW
WP
B
NW
B
I
O
O
I
I
NLG
LS20R
EMS11
EM17
82
59 E
73
B
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
78
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL TANK
BT9-2
BT9-1
BT9-4
BT9-3
NU
B
UR
B
BTS21
B
BT20
76
42
II
NY
WK
3
1
EM52
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
5
2
BR BR
PI2-5 PIS2
B B
EMS11
EM17
BR
IJ2-1
BR
IJ1-1
BR
IJS2
BR
IJS1
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
BU
BN
BG
BW
BS
BY
BO
BP
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BG
BR
BW
IJ3-2 -1 IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
FUEL INJECTORS
OG
LS31-5
WU
LS31-7
B
LS31-1
LS10R
OY
LS32-1
OG
LS32-4
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
OY
OG
CF1-1
CF2-2
CF1-2
LH RADIATOR FAN
CF2-1
RH RADIATOR FAN
B
NG
LS31-3
NLG
B
LS32-3
68
67
LS10L
RLG RLG B
PI1-13
PG PG
EM51-6
WU WU
EM51-5
RW RW
EM51-10
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
PI36-1
LS26-5
LS26-1
LS26-3
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
P
2–30 BAR
20 BAR
12 BAR
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
LS26-2
LS26-4
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
BK
BK
LSS17
BK
LS20L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
77
30
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
NR
WB
EMS42
G
Y
G
Y
WB
WB
EM7-26
EM7-54
EM7-55
EM7-82
EM7-83
EM7-85
EM7-86
B+
B+
B+
C –
C +
C –
C +
O
O
EM7-1
EM7-2
OU
RS
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
EM46
-6
EM46
N
G
FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EM46
-13 EM46
-14
-5
υ
BU
UY
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
SOLENOID
VALVES
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
EM46 EM46
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
EM46
-16 -2
EM46
-3
EM46
-7
EM46
-11 EM46
-15 -12 -8 -9 -4
-1
EM46
-10
RU OG OU OR OK OB RY YB YP YU
U R
L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
B S RB Y W N G
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47
-E -A -B -C -D
EM47 EM47
-J -K
BY S RB Y W WR RU
51
OK
E
O EM7-4
O
OG
EM7-5
I B
RU
EM7-6
03.1 04.1 04.2 04.3
I
RB
EM7-8
I
W
EM7-9
BY
BY
EMS25
I
RP
EM7-12
EM53-1
I
US
US
US
US
BY BY
EM7-13
EM7-14 N
EM53-4
CC7-1
CC7-3 CCS20
I
BRD*
EM7-15
D – 4
U
BY
EM7-16
SWITCH
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
B+
– C
+ C
– C
+ C
I
CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
WS
G
Y
G
Y
B
14
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
B
CCS15
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CC2R
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
I
O
O
O
EM7-18
EM7-21
EM7-22
EM7-23
EM7-28
EM7-29
EM7-30
BS
BU
UY
BRD*
BY
OR
YB
BS
EM53-15
BS
BY
CC18-1
CC18-3
KICKDOWN SWITCH
NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.
O
O
I
I
I
I
EM7-32
EM7-33
EM7-34
EM7-36
EM7-37
EM7-42
YU
YP
B
S
Y
G
RS
RP
EM53-5
EM53-13
RS
RP
CC4
-7
CC4
-9
MODE
STATE
10Κ Ω
560 Ω
560 Ω
10Κ Ω
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
WS
RLG
15
II
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
I
I
O
O
O
EM7-44
EM7-45
EM7-51
EM7-52
EM7-53
R
RG
OB
RY
RU
RG
EM53-2
RG
CC4
-2
MODE SWITCH
CC4
-1
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
B
EMS4
* NOTE: The shield connections to TCM pins
EM7-15 and EM7-23 are reversed on
early production vehicles.
EM8R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
PARK, NEUTRAL
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
03.2
04.6 04.5
16
II
03.2
RU
RS
WS
EM63-11
CC8
-4
RU
O O B+ I O O O O
CC8
-5
RS
CC8
-3
WS
CC8
-2
CC8
-7
CC8
-6
CC8
-8
CC8
-1
B LGB LGU LGP LGN
GB1
-7
B
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
GB1
-3
B
n3
SPEED
SENSOR
GB1
-1
B
GB1
-12
B
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
υ
GB1
-4
B
GB1
-6
B
GB1
-13
B
SOLENOID
VALVES
1,2,4,5 2,3 3,4
GB1
-8
B
GB1
-9
B
GB1
-11
B
TCC
GB1
-2
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
B
MD
GB1
-10
B
SD
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
B+
– C
+ C
– C
+ C
I
CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
WS
G
Y
G
Y
B
14
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
B
CCS15
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CC2R
EM63
-12
EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63
-1 -2 -3 -4
EM44 EM44
-7 -3
EM44
-1
EM44
-12
EM44
-4
EM44 EM44
-6 -5
EM44
-8
EM44
-9
EM44
-11
EM44
-2
EM44
-10
* NOTE: Programming circuit – early production vehicles only.
B
TCM PROGRAMMING
VIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *
CAN
CAN
30
II
19.1
19.1
YU
WB
G
Y
EM61-1
EM61-29
EM62-L
EM62-H
D
B+
C –
C +
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
EM61-2
EM61-3
EM61-25
EM61-26
EM61-27
EM61-28
EM61-30
EM62-12
EM62-13
EM62-14
EM62-15
EM62-16
EM62-17
EM62-33
EM62-34
EM62-35
EM62-36
EM62-37
EM62-38
BS
P
LGB
LGU
LGP
LGN
B
BG
BW
BK
BLG
BP
BS
B
BY
BU
BO
BN
BR
EMS17
EM53-15
EM63-8
BS
P
CC4
-9
CC18-1
1000 Ω
510 Ω
270 Ω
CC18-3
KICKDOWN SWITCH
MODE STATE
MODE SWITCH
BK
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
CCS5
WS
RLG
BK
CCS4
BK
15
II
10.2
BK
CC3R
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CC3L
B
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
B
EMS4
EM8R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3
9
II
WO
CC40-4
US US US
CC40-1 CA19-16 CAS81 LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EM1-1
US
EMS21
US
EM10-10
I
BRAKE SWITCH
Y
G
EM2-7
EM2-6
Y
G
EM10-28
EM10-27
C +
C –
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y
G
FC7-8
FC7-2
FC11-12
FC11-15
Y
G
Y
G
CC14-4
CC14-3
CC14-9
CC14-8
C +
C –
C +
C –
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C +
C –
–
+
S
S
FC24-20
FC24-19
U
S
FCS3
FCS2
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
INSTRUMENT PACK
13
17
2
II
10
I
NB
NY
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-104
FC15-15
FC15-32
B+ LOGIC
B+ SOLENOIDS
– S
I
+ S
I
O
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-48
U
S
OG
FC7-17
OG
CC12
CC12
-1 -2
B
CCS15
B
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
CC2R
BK
CCS4
BK
CC13-3
CC13-1
SB
FC7-18
SB
FC15-58
I
O
FC15-51
RW
SC1-1
RW B B B
SC5
SC5
SC1-2 FCS10
-1 -2
CC3L
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
LOGIC
POWER
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC29L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
CAN
CAN
70
39
II
69
19.1
19.1
NR
WU
NY
Y
G
LS27-9
LS27-20
LS27-25
LS27-5
LS27-15
B+
B+
B+
C +
C –
O
I
I
LS27-1
LS27-13
LS27-3
LS27-4
UO
UB
S
G
EM1-4
EM1-5
UO
UB
EM37-2
LS2-2
LS2-1
EM37-1
S
G
FR1-2
FR1-1
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LS27-6
Y
LS3-8
Y
CA9-2
Y
RA2-1
NOT USED
EM51-9
UP
LS27-19
I
LS27-7
O
LS3-7
O
CA9-1
O
RA2-2
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
9
II
WO
CC40-4
CC40-1
US
US
US
CA19-16 CAS81
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
LS27-2
I
I
LS27-17
W
LS1-2
W
FL1-2
BRAKE SWITCH
LS27-18
R
LS1-1
R
FL1-1
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
17
II
WS
CC1-5
520 Ω
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
CC1-11
RY
CA19-9
RY
LS3-5
RY
LS27-16
O
I
LS27-21
LS27-22
P
U
LS3-9
LS3-10
P
U
CA29-1
CA29-2
P
U
LA2-2
LA2-1
CC3L
B
CCS4
B
CC1-2
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CC1-12
R
CA19-10
R
LS3-6
R
LS27-14
I
I
I
LS27-8
LS27-24
B
B
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
LS29R
LS29L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
SOLAR
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
ASSEMBLY
LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ASPIRATOR
MOTOR
υ
VENT
SERVO
DEFROST
SERVO
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO
FOOT WELL
SERVO
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
υ
BW
OY
υ
υ
UB
BW
LGW
B
LS16
-2
LS16
BW
OY
BW
RG PR SR OR RY RU
P
P
O
KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P
P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
FC40 FC40 FC40
-2 -1 -3
FC40
-4
LS3
-3
LS3
FC44
-2
FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44
-3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7
FC44
-9
FC52
FC52
-2
CC34 CC34
-1 -10
CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34
-2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9
CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32
-1 -2 -6 -12 -7
CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33
-1 -2 -6 -12 -7
6 WP
WP
B+
II
CC31-1
13 WN
WN
I
I
CC31-3
NY
NY
36 B+
CC31-5
CA50 4
NY
3
5 GY GY
37 B+
CA20-5 CC31-2
B B 2
1 GW GW
O
CAS37
CA20-4 CC31-15
CA31L
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
08.1
08.1
08.1
19.2
19.2
SG
PY
OU
K
O
FC11-9
FC11-8
FC11-10
SG
CC29-6
PY
CC31-6
OU
CC31-16
CC31-10
CC31-21
I
I
I
D
D
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
D
I
I
D
O
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
O
I
CC28-6
CC28-7
CC28-8
CC28-9
CC28-12
CC28-13
CC28-19
CC28-20
CC28-21
CC28-22
CC28-25
CC28-26
CC29-1
CC29-2
CC29-3
CC29-5
CC29-10
CC29-11
CC29-13
CC30-2
CC30-3
CC30-5
CC30-6
CC30-7
CC30-8
CC30-11
CC30-12
CC31-4
CC31-8
CC31-12
CC31-13
CC31-14
CC31-18
CC31-19
CC31-20
RY
PR
PY
RB
UW
UO
RU
SR
Y
NR
UR
GU
OP
RG
YW
SU
OR
YG
UY
S
SG
OY
UG
SY
SR
UB
KU
WU
P
WR
B
B
LGW
BW
BK
UB BW LGW BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P OP KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P
FC11
FC7
CA19 CA19
FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11
FC11
-4 -1
-7
-20
-8 -7
-6 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2
-18
UB LGW BW OY RG PR SR OR RY RU
OP
P
P
FCS36
FC7-6
CCS13
BW
FCS37
FC7-7
BW
CCS14
B
B
WR
WU
SR
SY
SG
S
P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CCS5
BK
FCS10
B
CC27
-7
B
CC27
-5
WR
CC27
-6
WU
CC27
-2
SR
CC27
-3
SY
-1
SG
CC27
-4
CC27
-1
S
CC3R
FC29L
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
B+
B+
START
DATA
DATA
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
I
I
RK
RG
CC27-8
CC27-9
RK
RLG
10.2
10.2
DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
CONTROL PANEL
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2
67
LS10L
NLG
B
LS32-3
B
CF1-2
CF2-1
CF1-1
LH RADIATOR FAN
CF2-2
RH RADIATOR FAN
OY
OG
LS32-1
LS32-4
OY
LSS14
W
EM1-11
WU
EM1-12
OY
LS31-2
W
LS31-9
OG
LS31-5
WU
LS31-7
LS31-8
LS31-3
WP
NG
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7.
62
E
68
RLG
5
EM25
3
NLG
78
SHS2
81
80
NP
PS
NG
PS
3
2
SH3
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
3
2
SH2
5
1
5
1
GK
WS
GS
WS
31
II
32
II
SH4-1
SH5-1
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
SH4-2
SH5-2
B
B
EM18R
EM18L
O
I
I
EM10-2
EM10-3
EM10-4
UG
ULG
UN
LS10R
B
LS31-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RY
2
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
1 WP 59
E
PS
EM42-4
30
CA19-14
NB
KW
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
3
2
CA18
5
1
NR
WP
7
II
CAS34
NR
CA10-4
NR
DD8-9
DRIVER MIRROR
B
DD8-11
DDS1
B
CA10-3
B
CAS40
(RHD)
B
CA30R
(CA33R)
I
I
O
O
O
EM12-5
EM12-6
EM12-10
EM13-15
EM13-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
WU
RW
RY
W
WU
EM53-12
PG
RLG
EMS26
RLG RLG B
EM53-10
EM51-6
PI1-13
PG
WU
PI36-1
LS26-5
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
P
2–30 BAR
20 BAR
LS26-2
BK
PS
EM53-7
1
29
II
3
1
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
5
#17 25A
2
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY(#2) †
BT13-10
BT13-3
BT10-8
UY
LGP
NR NR
CA12-4 PD8-9
BT4-D
UY
CA21
B
PD8-11
PASSENGER MIRROR
HEATED BACKLIGHT
PDS1
B
IC18
CA12-3
B
B
CAS40
(LHD)
B
CA33R
(CA30R)
IC6
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
I
O
CC28-1
CC28-2
CC28-3
CC28-4
CC28-5
CC28-16
CC28-17
CC28-18
CC29-7
CC29-8
CC29-15
CC29-16
RLG
U
UY
PS
KW
LGN
RW
LGP
US
GO
UK
GP
EM51-5
EM51-10
RW
LS26-1
LS26-3
12 BAR
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
LS26-4
BK
LSS17
BK
LS20L
CA20-1
42
CA20-6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NU
UY
LGP
3
2
CA58
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
5
1
BT4-31
UW
WP
CA20-2
9
II
UW
US
B
CC33-5
UW
U
CC33-13
B
CC33-8
4
2
1
EM53
-3
EM53
-8
EM53
-9
EM53
-6
CA19-15
GO
CC33-10
G
3
O
CC30-1
ULG
U
RW
RH BLOWER MOTOR
I
O
I
CC31-7
CC31-9
CC31-17
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
UG
UN
PG
EM40-2
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.
U
B
HEATER VALVE
EM40-1
B
EMS4
B
B
EM8R
EM36-2
HEATER PUMP
EM36-1
YW
EM1-8
LS3-32
YW
RW
LS7-2
LS5-5
5
#15 10A
2
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †
3
1
5
44
II
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
21
CA20-7
NW
LGN
8
7
CA58
10
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
6
UR
WP
CA19-12
8
II
UR
UK
B
GP
UW
CC32-5
U
CC32-13
B
CC32-8
G
CC32-10
4
2
3
1
CC2L
LH BLOWER MOTOR
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Instrument Pack; Clock Instrument Pack; Clock Fig. 08.1
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
26
12
II
10.2
10.2
NR
B+
FC24-25
WG B+
FC24-2
RO
I
FC24-27
RLG
I
FC25-21
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER OVERRIDE
TRIP SELECT
RESET
MESSAGE
I
I
I
FC24-13
FC24-36
FC24-33
FC24-35
UY
O
BR
Y
FC27-7
FC27-9
FC27-2
FC27-8
A / B
(TRIP SELECT)
000
(RESET)
CLEAR
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
16.1
S
U
Y
G
Y
G
16.2
UW
FC24-19
FC24-20
FC24-24
FC24-47
FC24-23
FC24-48
FC25-20
S +
S –
C +
C –
C +
C –
O VEHICLE SPEED
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.
I
FC24-14
R
FC27-1
MI / KM
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
NR
B+ 15
FC38-6
I
RK
10.2
FC38-2
I
BK
FC38-5
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
A/CCM
A/CCM
A/CCM
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
07.1
07.1
07.1
11.1
11.6
11.6
03.1
17.1
PY
SG
OU
UB
OB
SO
03.2
YW
SW
FC25-3
FC25-4
FC25-5
FC25-6
FC25-7
FC24-6
FC25-22
FC25-16
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
CHARGE WARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
TRIP CYCLE
CLOCK
I SU
SU BK BK BK
FC24-10
SC2-5
SCS1
SC2-9 FCS28
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BK
FC17R
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
900Ω
E
1 ΚΩ
F
80Ω
BT15
RW
BT4-26
RW
FC1-7
RW
FC25-14
O
BT14
BW
BT4-25
BW
FC1-4
BW
FC25-13
I
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
P
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
PI40-1
OS
PI1-48
OS
EM2-16
OS
FC25-19
I
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
BK
EMS36
BK
EM55-1
EM55-2
OP
EM2-17
OP
FC25-23
I
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
I
I
FC24-1
FC24-26
BK
B
FCS7
BK
EM8L
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
FC29R
FC17L
INSTRUMENT PACK
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
13
17
1
2
II
10
I
NB
NY
RW
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-104
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
B+
B+
I
I
I
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
RW
FC15-10
D
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
CA23-8
BK
SMS4D
BK
SM8-1D SM8-2D
CA23-7 FC5-3
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
GB
NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles.
GB
GB
FC15-31
I
AUDIBLE
WARNING 1
AUDIBLE
WARNING 2
O
O
FC15-82
FC15-83
GR
GB
SC1-10
SC1-11
GR
GB
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SCP SOURCES:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U
S
FC15-84
FC15-85
S –
S +
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Fig. 09.1
FC17L
SCP
SCP
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BK
19.1
19.1
10.2
FCS7
U
S
FC3-9
RLG
FC3-1
BK
FC3-3
– S
+ S
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω
FC24-20
S
FC24-19
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
U
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6
FC3-10
OG
OR
FCS3
FCS2
29
13
1
2
II
NG
NB
RW
WO
U
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
S
OR
FC15-79
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-38
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
I
I
S
S
I
–
+
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-20
US
FC15-68
UG
FC15-45
RK
FC15-53
GY
FC15-2
YK
FC15-27
OG
FCS4
OG
5
5
5
5
5
44
II
3
1
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
3
1
3
1
5
2
5
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
#19 10A
UB
LS5-4
UW
LS7-10
UG
LS5-7
UK
#6 10A LS6-4
2 US
5
#21 10A
#8 10A
LS6-8
LS6-9
LS8-3
OW
#17 15A
LS8-10
2 OG
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
FC5-13
FC5-20
FC5-15
FC5-24
FC5-23
FC5-21
OG
US
UG
RK
GY
YK
LS3-16
LS3-18
LS3-17
LS3-22
LS3-11
LS5-8
UY
OB
NOT USED
LS3-19
GY
RG
BL1-2
BR1-2
BL1-4
LEFT HAND:
RO
B
BL4-A
BL4-B
FRONT FOG LAMP
UB
LS38-3
MAIN
UY
B
LS38-2
LS38-4
DIP
RK
B
LS38-1
LS38-5
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
GY
B
BL2-1
BL2-2
DIRECTION INDICATOR
RG
B
B
BLS1
BL1-1
B
LSS9
B
LSS7
B
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
BL1-3
BL5-1
BL5-2
SIDE MARKER
LSS8
B
LS18L
CC3R
14
CC3L
NR
BK
CCS5
BK
CCS4
CC1-9
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-3
CC1-1
PW
PY
FC7-11
FC7-12
PW
PY
FC15-96
FC15-59
O
I
RIGHT HAND:
OW
B
BR4-A
BR4-B
FRONT FOG LAMP
UW
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
L
R
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
U
UB
YG
KG
SC2-2
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
U
UB
YG
KG
U
UB
YG
KG
FC15-30
FC15-14
FC15-88
FC15-61
I
I
I
I
O
O
RY
FC15-1
GK
FC15-3
FC5-17
FC5-18
RY
GK
LS3-26
LS3-29
GK
BR1-4
LS40-3
MAIN
UK
B
LS40-2
LS40-4
DIP
RY
B
LS40-1
LS40-5
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
GK
B
BR2-1
BR2-2
B
BRS1
LSS3
B
LSS4
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
11.5
BK
FCS28
YU
BK
SC2-1
SC2-9
BK
YU
SCS1
BK
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
RY
SCS2
UY
RY
SC2-4
SC2-3
UY
RY
FCS9
UY
RY
FC15-42
FC15-16
I
I
GR
FC15-81
NOT USED
FC1-5
LSS20
RG
BR1-3
DIRECTION INDICATOR
RG
B
BR5-1
BR5-2
SIDE MARKER
BR1-1
B
B
LSS16
B
LS19R
FC17R
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
LOGIC
POWER
RG
LS3-20
RG
09.3
REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Fig. 09.2
FC17L
SCP
SCP
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BK
19.1
19.1
10.2
FCS7
U
S
FC3-9
RLG
FC3-1
BK
FC3-3
– S
+ S
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω
FC24-20
S
FC24-19
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
U
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6
FC3-10
OG
OR
FCS3
FCS2
29
13
1
2
II
NG
NB
RW
WO
U
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
S
OR
FC15-79
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-38
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
I
I
S
S
I
–
+
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
O
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-20
US
FC15-68
UG
FC15-45
RK
FC15-53
GY
FC15-2
YK
FC15-27
OG
FCS4
OG
5
5
5
5
5
44
II
3
1
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
3
1
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
3
1
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
5
2
5
#19 10A
UB
LS5-4
UW
LS7-10
UG
LS5-7
UK
#6 10A LS6-4
2 US
5
#21 10A
#8 10A
LS6-8
LS6-9
LS8-3
OW
#17 15A
LS8-10
2 OG
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
FC5-13
FC5-20
FC5-15
FC5-24
FC5-23
FC5-21
OG
US
UG
RK
GY
YK
LS3-16
LS3-18
LS3-17
LS3-22
LS3-11
LS3-19
LS5-8
UY
OB
GY
BL1-2
BR1-2
BL1-4
LEFT HAND:
RO
B
BL4-1
BL4-2
FRONT FOG LAMP
UB
LS38-3
MAIN
UY
B
LS38-2
LS38-4
DIP
RK
B
LS38-1
LS38-5
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
GY
B
BL2-1
BL2-2
DIRECTION INDICATOR
YK
B
LS17-1
LS17-2
LSS9
B
LSS7
B
BLS1
BL1-1
B B
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
SIDE DI REPEATER
LSS8
B
14
NR
BK
CCS5
BK
CCS4
CC1-9
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CC1-3
CC1-1
PW
PY
FC7-11
FC7-12
PW
PY
FC15-96
FC15-59
O
I
RIGHT HAND:
LS18L
CC3R
CC3L
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OW
BR4-1
B
BR4-2
FRONT FOG LAMP
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
MIRROR TINT
YU
11.5
SC2-1
BK BK
FCS28 SC2-9
BK
YU
SCS1
BK
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
L
R
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
DIP
SIDE
U
UB
YG
KG
UY
RY RY
SCS2
SC2-2
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
SC2-4
SC2-3
U
UB
YG
KG
UY
RY
FCS9
U
UB
YG
KG
UY
RY
FC15-30
FC15-14
FC15-88
FC15-61
FC15-42
FC15-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
RY
FC15-1
GK
FC15-3
GR
FC15-81
FC5-17
FC5-18
FC1-5
RY
GK
LS3-26
LS3-29
GK
BR1-4
UW
LS40-3
MAIN
UK
B
LS40-2
LS40-4
DIP
RY
B
LS40-1
LS40-5
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
GK
B
BR2-1
BR2-2
DIRECTION INDICATOR
GR
B
CA80-1
CA80-2
SIDE DI REPEATER
B
BRS1
BR1-1
B
LSS3
B
LSS4
B
FC17R
LIGHTING STALK
LOGIC
POWER
CAS40
B
B
LSS16
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
CA33R
LS19R
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Fig. 09.3
CC3R
FC17R
BK
14
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
FCS28
37
II
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC17L
CC3L
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BK
10.2
BK
NR
SC2-9
10.2
U
S
U
S
Y
G
WR
FCS7
BK
CCS5
BK
CCS4
BK
RY
RLG
BK
YU
SCS1
FC24-24
FC24-47
FC3-9
FC3-1
FC3-3
CC1-9
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
BK
C
C
+
–
– S
+ S
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω
FC24-20
S
FC24-19
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
U
RY
SCS2
FCS3
UY
RY
FCS2
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
REAR FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
L
R
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
LIGHTING STALK
SIDE
YG
KG
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6
CC1-3
CC1-1
SC2-7
SC2-8
SC2-4
SC2-3
RY
48
BTS18
BK
BT22L
NK
U
S
BK
BK
BT1-6
BT1-16
BT1-8
BT1-13
BT1-14
S –
S +
U
S –
FC15-84
S
S +
FC15-85
NG
29
B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79
NB
13
B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80
NY
17
B+ HIGH CURRENT
FC15-104
RW
1 I
FC15-41
2
WO
I
II
FC15-15
OY
O
PW
PY
FCS9
OP
FC7-11
FC7-12
YG
KG
PW
PY
RY
FC15-44
FC15-12
FC15-96
FC15-59
FC15-88
FC15-61
FC15-16
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
O
O
O
O
O
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
US
BT2-1
UB
BT1-9
UW
BT1-3
YW
BT1-5
GW
BT2-6
OG
BT1-4
RO
BT1-7
GO
FC15-49
GR
FC15-75
RS
FC15-95
RB
FC15-54
GY
FC15-50
GK
FC15-76
RW
FC15-28
FC1-39
FC1-38
FC1-21
FC1-36
FC1-12
FC1-13
FC1-37
GO
GR
RS
RB
GY
GK
RW
1
1
1
1
3
1
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
3
1
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BT4-21
BT4-20
BT4-27
BT4-11
BT4-23
BT4-24
BT4-10
5
2
5
2
BT32-11
BT32-6
BT32-10
BT32-8
BT32-1
BT32-12
BT32-4
BT32-13
BT32-5
BT32-2
BT32-7
BT32-9
BT32-3
RO
OG
OB
GW
B
YW
NP
B
RK
RY
UP
GR
GO
#6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
BTS1
B
BT21L
53
BT11-4
BT11-7
GB
BT11-5
US
BT11-9
RK
BT12-10
RY
BT10-4
RS
BT10-7
UP
BT11-8
BTS2
BTS10
BTS7
RY
BTS8
US
RK
BT40-1
BT4-13
BT4-18
BT4-40
RG
CAS59
BT40
FC1-2
RG
RG
US
GB
FC5-16
PW
BT40-2
RG
CAS81
BT4-12
CA35-3
BTS9
RG
US
BTS16
CA19-16
RG
OB
YW
RB
UB
GY
BTS15
GK
UW
RW
YW
OB
RG
RG
YW
US
PW
PW
BT29-1
BT51-7
BT51-5
BT51-3
BT51-2
BT51-4
BT27-1
BT26-1
BT50-4
BT50-5
BT50-6
BT50-3
BT50-1
BT31-1
09.1
11.5
CC40-1
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
BRAKE SWITCH
LEFT HAND:
CA35-2
SIDE MARKER
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
DI
TAIL LAMP UNIT
B
B
BT29-2
B
BT51-6
B
BT27-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
B
BT26-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
TAIL LAMP UNIT
SIDE MARKER
B
BT50-2
B
BT31-2
FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CC40-4
CAS37
BTS21
BTS5
B
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
WO
B
B
9
II
CA31L
BT20
BT28R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Fig. 09.4
CC3R
FC17R
BK
14
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
FCS28
37
II
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC17L
CC3L
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BK
10.2
BK
NR
SC2-9
10.2
U
S
U
S
Y
G
WR
FCS7
BK
CCS5
BK
CCS4
BK
RY
RLG
BK
YU
SCS1
FC24-24
FC24-47
FC3-9
FC3-1
FC3-3
CC1-9
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
BK
C
C
+
–
– S
+ S
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω
FC24-20
S
FC24-19
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω
U
RY
SCS2
FCS3
UY
RY
FCS2
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
REAR FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
L
R
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
LIGHTING STALK
SIDE
YG
KG
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6
CC1-3
CC1-1
SC2-7
SC2-8
SC2-4
SC2-3
RY
48
BTS18
BK
BT22L
NK
U
S
BK
BK
BT1-6
BT1-16
BT1-8
BT1-13
BT1-14
S –
S +
U
S –
FC15-84
S
S +
FC15-85
NG
29
B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79
NB
13
B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80
NY
17
B+ HIGH CURRENT
FC15-104
RW
1 I
FC15-41
2
WO
I
II
FC15-15
OY
O
PW
PY
FCS9
OP
FC7-11
FC7-12
YG
KG
PW
PY
RY
FC15-44
FC15-12
FC15-96
FC15-59
FC15-88
FC15-61
FC15-16
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
O
O
O
O
O
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
US
BT2-1
UB
BT1-9
UW
BT1-3
YW
BT1-5
GW
BT2-6
OG
BT1-4
RO
BT1-7
GO
FC15-49
GR
FC15-75
RS
FC15-95
RB
FC15-54
GY
FC15-50
GK
FC15-76
RW
FC15-28
FC1-39
FC1-38
FC1-21
FC1-36
FC1-12
FC1-13
FC1-37
GO
GR
RS
RB
GY
GK
RW
1
1
1
1
3
1
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
3
1
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BT4-21
BT4-20
BT4-27
BT4-11
BT4-23
BT4-24
BT4-10
5
2
5
2
BT32-11
BT32-6
BT32-10
BT32-8
BT32-1
BT32-12
BT32-4
BT32-13
BT32-5
BT32-2
BT32-7
BT32-9
BT32-3
RO
OG
OB
GW
B
YW
NP
B
RK
RY
UP
GR
GO
#6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
BTS1
B
BT21L
53
BT11-4
BT11-7
GB
BT11-5
US
BT11-9
RK
BT12-10
RY
BT10-4
RS
BT10-7
UP
BT11-8
BTS2
BTS10
BTS7
RY
BTS8
US
RK
BT40-1
BT4-13
BT4-18
BT4-40
RG
BT40
CAS59
US
FC1-2
RG
FC5-16
RG
GB
PW
BT40-2
RG
RG
CAS81
CA35-3
BTS9
US
NOT USED
BT4-12
LS3-20
NOT USED
CA19-16
OB
YW
RB
UB
GY
BTS15
GK
UW
RW
YW
OB
YW
US
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
PW
PW
BT51-7
BT51-5
BT51-3
BT51-2
BT51-4
BT27-1
BT26-1
BT50-4
BT50-5
BT50-6
BT50-3
BT50-1
11.5
CC40-1
BRAKE SWITCH
LEFT HAND:
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
DI
CA35-2
TAIL LAMP UNIT
B
B
BT51-6
B
BT27-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
B
BT26-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
TAIL LAMP UNIT
BT50-2
CC40-4
CAS37
BTS21
B
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
WO
B
B
9
II
CA31L
BT20
BT28R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.5
38
II
WR
FC14-2
0
1
2
203 Ω 187 Ω
FC14-3
GS
FC5-31
GS
LS3-27
GS
LSS11
34
II
WR
GS
LS41-1
LS41-2
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
3
BK BK
FC14-4 FCS7
LEVELING SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FC17L
LS41-3
B
LSS8
B
LS18L
35
II
WR
GS
LS42-1
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
LS42-2
LS42-3
B
LSS16
B
LS19R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Fig. 10.1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off
interior lamps during engine cranking.
BK BK
FCS7 FC4-5
FC17L
1
2
II
10
I
13
17
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
RHD
44
LHD
23
RW
WO
WN
NB
NY
UR
FC4-4
NO
CA10-1
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-80
FC15-104
FC15-67
NO
DD10-1
I
I
I
B+ LIGHTING 2
I
ILLUMINATION
ENABLE
B+ HIGH CURRENT
LOGIC
POWER
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
B+
O
I
O
FADE 1
O
FADE 2
– S
+ S
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
PW
FC15-101 FCS13
GR
FC15-57
FC5-8
NW
FC15-24
FC5-5
RW
FC15-74
FC1-6
U
19.1
FC15-84
S
19.1
FC15-85
PW
CA30L
SCP
SCP
FC1-1
B
RW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
CA53-8
GR
CA53-2
NW
B
CAS46
CA53-3
CA53-4
CAS36
COURTESY
LAMPS
18
I
19
I
RW
WG
IC1-11
IC1-12
RW
WG
MAP LAMPS
RW
IC4-2
WG
IC4-3
CA5-2
CA5-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RIBBON
CONNECTOR
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
COURTESY
READING
LH E-POST LAMP
COURTESY
READING
RH E-POST LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
IC4-1
B
B
B
CA5-1 CAS37
IC20
CA31L
FC5-D
FC1-3
PW
FC1-29
PW
B
FC33
FC34
GLOVE BOX LAMP
PW
B
CA69-1
CA69-2
LH VANITY LAMP
PW
B
CA70-1
CA70-2
RH VANITY LAMP
PW
PW
RY
BT4-4 BTS22 BT46-2 BT46-1
LH TRUNK LAMP
PW
RY
BK
BTS18
BT22
BT47-2
BT47-1
RH TRUNK LAMP
BK
RY
BT41-2
BT41-1
TRUNK SWITCH
PW
11.3
FCS10
CAS46
CAS40
RY
BTS23 BT38-1
BTS24
MIRROR MOVEMENT
B+ SUPPLY
B
B
B
BT38
RY
BT38-2
FC29L
CA30L
CA33R
8
CA36L
(CA33L)
NW
BK
DD3-12
CA8-8
BK
DDS3
KEY BARREL
BK
DD3-7
LOCK
UNLOCK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
OY
DD3-10 DD11-12
OU
DD3-11 DD11-4
G
DD3-6
DD11-20
BK
DD10-8
I
I
I
I
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
– S
+ S
O
I
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
S
B
19.1
19.1
GW
B B
DD10-14 DD14-1 DD14-2 DDS1 CA10-3
DD10-17
SCP
SCP
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B RHD
LHD
B
CA30R
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA14-4
BK
RDS1
BK
RD3-6
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
U S –
RD10-9
B+
S
S +
RD10-16
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
G
RD3-5
RD11-20
BK
RD10-8
I
I
O
I
RD10-1
RD10-14
RD10-17
NO
GW
B
CA14-1
RD14-1
NO
22
LHD 43
RD14-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
RHD
RDS2
B
CA14-3
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
23
LHD
44
NO
CA12-1
NO
PD10-1
B+
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
– S
+ S
PD10-9
PD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U S –
RP10-9
S
S +
RP10-16
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
B+
NO
RP10-1
CA16-1
NO
43
LHD
22 RHD
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
CA11-8
BK
PDS3
BK
PD3-7
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
G
PD3-6
PD11-20
BK
PD10-8
I
I
O
I
GW
PD10-14
B
PD10-17
PD14-1 PD14-2 PDS1 CA12-3
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
B
B LHD
RHD
B
CA30R
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
CA16-4
BK
RDS1
BK
G
RP3-6
RP3-5
RP11-20
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK
RP10-8
I
I
O
I
RP10-14
RP10-17
GW
B
RP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
B
CA16-3
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Dimmer Controlled Lighting Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
INSTRUMENT
PACK
RADIO
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
FC24
-27
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
FC25
-21
FC24
-26
IC10
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
IC10
-3
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CENTRAL
LOCKING
VALET
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
LH SEAT
HEATER
RH SEAT
HEATER
TRACTION /
STABILITY
HAZARD
RO
RLG
B
FC29R
-4
CC27
CC1 CC1
CC1
RLG RK BRD RG RK B
-10 -4
-16
BK
CE2
IC1 IC1
CC27 CC27
-2 -1
RLG RK
-9 -8 -7
B
BK
07.1 A/CCM
RLG RK
RLG RK
CCS5
CC3R
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER CONTROL
RLG
UO
Y
G
SC11-2
SC11-4
SC11-5
SC11-6
RY RY
SC11-3
RLG
UO
Y
G
SC3-8
SC3-9
SC3-10
SC3-11
11
11
I
RLG
NY
WN
UO
Y
G
FCS5
NY
FC23-10
NY
FC23-11
FC23-3
FC23-12
FC23-5
FC23-6
B+
B+
I
O
I
O
O
O
O
FC23-1
RO
FC23-2
FC23-8
RO
RK
FCS31
FCS25
RLG
FC7-19
RLG
CCS9
RLG
CA19
-1
CA19
-18
RLG
RK
RLG
RK
RLG
RK
FC3-1
FC3-4
CC4-10
CC4-5
CC20-10
CC20-5
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
FC3-2
CC4-1
B
BK
B
CC20-1
FCS10
CCS4
B
BK
FC29L
CC3L
FC17R
BK
FCS28
SC2-1
BK
SC2-9
BK
YU
SCS1
BK
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
SIDE
RY
SCS2
UY
RY
SC2-4
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
RY
B
FC23-4
FC23-9
I
I
O
RK
FC23-7 FCS33
FC5-48
RK
RK
FC1-41
NOT USED *
* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector –
early production vehicles only.
RK
CCS8
RK
FC7-1
RK
FCS19
RK
RK
CC14-5
FC27-3
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
B
CC14-10
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
B
FC27-4
CCS15
B
CC2R
BPM:
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
09.2
12.5
12.10
09.1
12.9 12.8
RY
RK
RK
SM25-4P
RK
CA27-10
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
RK
FC29R
DIMMER MODULE
RK
RK
RK
CA224 -11
-17 -12
-18 -13
-15 -14 -16
RK
RK
CA53-7
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
B
CA53-4 CAS46
B
CA30L
RK
FC14-6
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
B
FC14-5 FCS10
B
FC29L
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
CA11-8
BK
PDS3
BK
PD1-4
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
PD1-2
RK
CA11-6
RK
CA8-6
RK
FC38-2
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CLOCK
BK BK
FC38-5 FCS28
FC17R
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
BK
CA14-4
CA16-4
BK
BK
RDS1
RPS1
BK
BK
RD1-4
RP1-4
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RD1-2
RP1-2
RK
RK
CA46-1
CA45-1
RK
RK
RK
DD1-20
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
BK
DD1-24 DDS3
BK
CA8-8
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
RK
CA19-3
RK
CAS13
RK
RK
CA74-3
CA76
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER
B
CA74-1
B
CA75-1
CA47L
CA47R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 11.1
10
II
WP
CA32-6
B+
O
CA32-2
R
LS3-30
R
LL2-1
R
LL3-1
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
UB
FC5-11
UB
CA32-4
I
O
CA32-5
S
LS3-48†
S
LL2-2
S
LL3-2
I
B
CA32-8
B
CAS46
VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
CA30L
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.2
13
38
1
2
II
10
I
NB
NB
RW
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-102
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
B+ LOGIC
B+ COLUMN
I
I
I
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
WU WG K N R
FC49
-2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
TILT
FC49 FC49 FC49 FC49
-5 -3 -1 -6
REACH
WU WG U G S
FC50 FC50 FC50 FC50 FC50
-3 -6 -4 -1 -8
18
FC17R
BK
NP
FCS28
BK
SC3-5
SC2-9
NP
SC9-1
BK BK
SCS1 SC9-7
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
CCS4
BK
BK
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
FC4-5
CC13-3
UP
DOWN
FORE
AFT
COLUMN JOY STICK
AUTO TILT SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
SC9-3
SC9-5
FC4-4
CC13-1
SK
YB
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SB
SC3-6
SC3-7
FC7-18
SK
YB
UR
SB
FC15-87
FC15-11
FC15-67
FC15-58
I
I
I
I
POWER
O
O
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
– S
+ S
I
FC15-90
FC15-40
FC15-93
FC15-99
FC15-100
FC15-91
FC15-66
FC15-78
FC15-52
FC15-84
FC15-85
B
FC15-25
BK
WU
YK
PN
BR
BK
PU
PG
BS
U
S
B
FCS10
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
WU BK YK PN BR
FCS17
WU BK PU PG BS
CC3L
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
LOGIC
POWER
FC29L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DD1-14
RHD
44 LHD
NO NO
23 B+
CA10-1
DD10-1
UG
O
DD11-2
–
+
S
S
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
CA8-8
BK
DDS3
BK
DD3-7
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
G
DD3-6
DD11-20
BK
DD10-8
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.
9
NW
DD1-1
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
DD1-3
DD1-2
DD1-15
DD1-13
UP
UN
US
KS
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
RHD
UP
UN
US
KS
NO NO U
43 LHD 22 B+
– S
19.1 SCP
CA14-1
RD10-1
RD10-9
UP
I
S
+ S
19.1 SCP
CA13-2
RD11-5
RD10-16
UN
I
I
BK
MEMORY
CA13-3
RD11-22
POSITIONS
RD10-8
US
I
I
BK BK BK
**
CA13-4
RD11-15
RD10-19
RDS1 CA14-4
KS
I
I
BK
**
CA13-1
RD11-13
RD11-7
CA36L
(CA33L)
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Mirror Movement: Memory Mirror Movement: Memory Fig. 11.3
13
1
2
II
10
I
NB
RW
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
– S
+ S
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC24-19
FC24-20
S
Y
+ + C
19.1
FC24-24
S
G
– – C
19.1
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
CAN
CAN
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
CC3L
BK BK
CCS4 CC13-3
CC13-1
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
9
10.1
NW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
DD1-1
FCS13
SB
FC7-18
SB
FC15-58
PW O B+
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
FC15-101
I
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
RHD 43 LHD 22
NO NO
B+
– S
U
19.1 SCP
CA14-1 RD10-1
RD10-9
UP
UP
UP
I
+ S
S
19.1 SCP
DD1-3
CA8-9
CA13-2
RD11-5
RD10-16
UN
UN UN
I
I
BK
DD1-2
CA8-10
CA13-3 RD11-22
RD10-8
US
US
US
I
I
BK BK
**
DD1-15 CA8-11
CA13-4 RD11-15
RD10-19
RDS1 CA14-4
KS
KS
KS
I
**
I
BK
DD1-13 CA8-15
CA13-1 RD11-13
RD11-7
BK
INSTRUMENT PACK
CA36L
(CA33L)
WU WG K N U G S
DD8
-2
DD8
-6
DD8
-8
DD8
-3
DD8
-5
DD8
-10
DD8
-4
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y
WU WG K N U G S
PD8
-2
PD8
-6
PD8
-8
PD8
-3
PD8
-5
PD8
-10
PD8
-4
WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
SET MEMORY STATUS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
MEMORY SWITCHES
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
PW
CA8-1
PW
DD1-4
LEFT
UP
DOWN
RIGHT
RHD
DD1-14
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
44 LHD
NO NO
23 B+
CA10-1
DD10-1
UG
O
YR
SN
OR
YN
DD11-2
DD11-9
DD11-17
DD11-3
DD11-10
I
I
I
I
– S
+ S
O
I
O
I
O
O
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-20
DD10-22
DD10-4
DD10-21
DD10-3
DD10-2
U
S
WU
OK
ON
OU
OG
Y
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
MIRROR JOY STICK
B
CA33R
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CAS40
B
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
BK
CA8-8 DDS3
RHD
LHD
B
B
CA30R
BK
DD3-7
CA10-3
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
B
DDS1
G
DD3-6
DD11-20
BK
BK
B
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD10-8
DD11-1
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
NO NO
23 LHD 44
B+
CA12-1 PD10-1
SCP
U
19.1
S –
PD10-9
S
SCP 19.1
S +
PD10-16
MIRROR
CONTROL
O
I
O
I
O
O
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
PD10-20
PD10-22
PD10-4
PD10-21
PD10-3
PD10-2
PD10-8
B
PD10-17
WU
YK
PN
PU
PG
Y
BK
PDS1
B
CA12-3
PDS3
B
LHD
RHD
B
CA30R
BK
B
CA11-8
B
CAS40
CA33R
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Fig. 11.4
13
1
2
II
10
I
NB
RW
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
– S
+ S
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
LOGIC
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
10.1
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
FCS13
PW O B+
FC15-101
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DD8
-2
N G S
N G S
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED
DD8
-6
DD8
-8
DD8
-3
DD8
-5
DD8
-10
DD8
-4
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y
PD8
-2
PD8
-6
PD8
-8
PD8
-3
PD8
-5
PD8
-10
PD8
-4
WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
UP
UP
UP
DD1-3
UN
CA8-9
UN
CA13-2
UN
RD11-5
NOT USED
DD1-2
US
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
US
RD11-22
NOT USED
DD1-15
KS
CA8-11
KS
CA13-4
KS
RD11-15
DD1-13
CA8-15
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
PW
CA8-1
PW
DD1-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
LEFT
UP
DOWN
B
CA33R
RIGHT
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CA8-8
CAS40
B
BK
RHD
LHD
B
RHD
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DDS3
44 LHD
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
B
CA30R
NO
NO
23 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1
YR
SN
OR
YN
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
BK
BK
DD11-9
DD11-17
DD11-3
DD11-10
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD10-8
DD11-1
B B B
CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
– S
+ S
NOT USED
NOT USED
O
NOT USED
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
O
O
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-20
DD10-22
DD10-4
DD10-21
DD10-3
DD10-2
U
S
WU
OK
ON
OU
OG
Y
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
RHD
NO NO
23 LHD 44
B+
CA12-1 PD10-1
SCP
U
19.1
S –
PD10-9
SCP
S
19.1
S +
PD10-16
MIRROR
CONTROL
NOT USED
NOT USED
O
NOT USED
O
O
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
PD10-20
PD10-22
PD10-4
PD10-21
PD10-3
PD10-2
PD10-8
B
PD10-17
WU
YK
PN
PU
PG
Y
BK
PDS1
B
CA12-3
PDS3
B
LHD
RHD
B
CA30R
BK
B
CA11-8
B
CAS40
CA33R
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.5
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.
RHD
44 LHD
NO
23 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1
– S
+ S
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC24-19
FC24-20
S
Y
+ + C
19.1
FC24-24
S
G
– – C
19.1
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
CAN
CAN
PW
DD1-4
LEFT
UP
(FOLD-OUT)
RIGHT
DOWN
(FOLD-BACK)
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
YR
SN
OR
YN
DD11-9
DD11-17
DD11-3
DD11-10
I
I
I
I
MIRROR
CONTROL
R
YU
3
2
CA60
4
5
1
B
NB
NB
31
32
CAS35
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
R
SR
CA8-13
CA8-14
R
SR
DD8-1
DD8-7
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
CA36L
(CA33L)
MIRROR JOY STICK
BK
B
CA33R
DRIVER
NEUTRAL
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CAS40
CA8-8
B
BK
DDS3
RHD
LHD
B
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
B
CA30R
CA10-3
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
BK
BK
B
B
DDS1
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD10-8
DD11-1
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SR
RG
FOLD-BACK
RELAY
8
7
CA60
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
9
10
6
B
CAS50
NB
NB
B
CA38R
33
34
CA224
-1
-2
-3
YLG
R
SR
CA8-12
CA11-13
CA11-14
YLG
R
SR
DD8-12
PD8-1
PD8-7
MIRROR
TINT
DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
CA8-1
PW
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
PW
PW
PW
10.1
PW
PW
PW
FCS13
13
2
II
10
I
NB
WO
WN
FC15-80
FC15-15
FC15-32
PW O B+
FC15-101
B+ LOGIC
I
I
– S
+ S
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL
O
O
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-72
FC15-77
U
S
YU
RG
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
FC5-42
FC5-43
YU
RG
YU
FC1-11
CAS41
13
II
YLG
WS
CA11-12
YLG
YLG
YU
YW
PD8-12
CA55-4
CA55-1
CA55-5
MIRROR
TINT
PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR
MIRROR
TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
YU
YU
DIP
UY
SC2-4
UY
FC15-42
I
BT4-8
BK
CAS61
BK
CA55-2
CA55-3
BK
FCS28
SC2-1
BK
SC2-9
BK BK
SCS1
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
RY
SCS2
RY
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
RY
FC15-16
I
CA30R
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
FC17R
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
LOGIC
POWER
YW
09.3 09.4
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 11.6
72
43
II
NS
WK
EM68-27
EM68-11
B+
B+
O
O
EM68-31
OS
EM68-30
OW
OS
EM64-A
OW
EM64-B
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.2
19.2
O
K
EM68-10
EM68-28
D
D
O
O
EM68-33
OG
EM68-14
OY
OG
EM65-A
OY
EM65-B
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
08.1
SO
OB
EM2-10
EM2-14
SO
OB
EM68-1
EM68-24
O
I
O
O
EM68-32
OB
EM68-13
OW
EM2-20
EM2-1
OB
OW
FC5-41
FC5-40
OB
OW
CA29-4
CA29-3
OB
OW
LA1-A
LA1-B
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
O
O
EM68-15
OY
EM68-34
OP
EM2-12
EM2-11
OP
OY
FC1-20
FC1-19
OP
OY
CA9-4
CA9-3
OP
OY
RA1-A
RA1-B
9
II
WO
CC40-4
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
US
CAS81
US
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EM1-1
US
EMS21
US
EM68-26
I
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
BRAKE SWITCH
I
PB
EM68-20
PB
EM28-1
UW
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
U
EM28-2
EM28-3
B+
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
I
O
O
UB
EM68-21
UW
EM68-3
U
EM68-25 EMS44
EMS45
UB
UW
U
EM4-1
EM4-2
EM4-3
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
B+
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
B B
EMS11 EM68-18
I
I
EM68-22
RB
UW
U
EM2-9
EM2-5
EM2-4
RB
UW
U
FC1-28
FC1-27
FC1-26
RB
UW
U
BT4-30
BT4-29
BT4-28
RB
UW
U
BT7-1
BT7-2
BT7-3
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
B+
EM17
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1
17
II
19
WS
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
CC3L
CC1-5
NP
SM5-9D
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
LUMBAR
INFLATE
DEFLATE
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
SM5-16D
SM5-15D
SM5-12D
SM5-14D
SM5-4D
SM5-5D
SM5-7D
SM5-8D
SM5-6D
SM5-13D
SM5-1D
SM5-3D
U
OR
SM5-11D
13
1
2
II
10
I
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
RHD 44 LHD NO NO
23 B+
CA10-1
DD10-1
UG
O
DD11-2
BK
BK BK
I
CA8-8 DDS3 DD10-8
CA36L
(CA33L)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
RHD
B
CA25L
(CA26L)
7
NB
RW
WO
WN
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
NK
LHD 27 B+
SM3-5D
GW
I
B
CA23-4 SMS3D
BK BK
CA23-8 SMS4D
CA25R
(CA26R)
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
B
SM3-6D
SM3-8D
SM1-13D
SM1-14D
SM1-12D
SM1-11D
SM1-16D
SM1-15D
SM1-9D
SM1-10D
SM3-2D
BK
SM3-1D
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
**
– S
+ S
– S
+ S
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
O
– S
+ S
SM1-1D
SM1-2D
SM1-3D
SM1-4D
SM1-5D
SM1-6D
SM1-7D
SM1-8D
SM2-1D
SM2-2D
SM2-5D
SM2-6D
SM2-8D
SM2-9D
SM2-10D
SM2-11D
SM2-12D
SM2-14D
SM2-15D
SM2-18D
SM2-19D
SM3-3D
SM3-4D
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
O
O
O
O
FC15-84
FC15-85
SM3-10D
SM3-9D
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
S
U
S
U
S
RO
RS
US
UO
GS
GO
PS
PO
WB
WB
W
W
WP
WU
WO
WR
WY
WB
WB
W
W
KS
KO
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
** NOTE: Module identification.
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SCP
SCP
46
SM13
-6D
WB
NS
SMS5D
SM13
-5D
W
NS
NS
SM13
-2D
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SM13
-3D
3
1
SM13
-1D
WP GO GS
SM14-D
CA23-3
5
2
SM4
-6D
WB
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
SM4
-5D
W
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
U
OR
SM4
-2D
SM4
-3D
SM10-1D
SM10-3D
SM4
-1D
WU UO US
SM6
-6D
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SM6
-5D
SM6
-2D
SM6
-3D
SM6
-1D
SM11
-6D
SM11
-5D
SM11
-2D
SM11
-3D
SM11
-1D
SM12
-6D
SM12
-5D
B
SM10-2D
SM12
-2D
B
SM12
-3D
WB W WO KO KS WB W WR RO RS WB W WY PO PS
SMS1D
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
SMS2D
OW
R
OK (LHD) SM7-1D THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
OY (RHD)
INNER
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PRESSURE SWITCH
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
SM12
-1D
B
9
NW
DD1-1
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
DD1-14
DD1-3
DD1-2
DD1-15
DD1-13
UG
UP
UN
US
KS
NO NO
U
RHD 43 LHD 22 B+
– S
19.1 SCP
MEMORY
CA14-1 RD10-1
RD10-9
POSITIONS
UP
UP
I
S
+ S
19.1 SCP
CA8-9
CA13-2
RD11-5
RD10-16
UN
UN
I
I
BK
CA8-10
CA13-3
RD11-22
RD10-8
US
US
I
I
BK BK
**
CA8-11
CA13-4
RD11-15
RD11-7
RDS1 CA14-4
KS
KS
I
I
BK
**
CA8-15
CA13-1
RD11-13
RD10-19
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC24-19
FC24-20
S
Y
+ + C
19.1
FC24-24
S
G
– – C
19.1
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
CAN
CAN
CA25L
(CA26L)
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
INSTRUMENT PACK
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.2
CC3L
17
II
WS
CC1-5
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
13
1
2
II
10
I
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
NB
RW
WO
WN
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
– S
+ S
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SM13
-3D
GO
SM13
-1D
GS
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
SM4
-3D
UO
SM4
-1D
US
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
SM6
-3D
SM6
-1D
SM11
-3D
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SM11
-1D
SM12
-3D
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SM12
-1D
KO KS RO RS PO PS
19
NP
SM5-9D
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
SM5-16D
SM5-15D
SM5-12D
SM5-14D
SM5-4D
SM5-5D
SM5-7D
SM5-8D
SM5-6D
SM5-13D
RHD
7
LHD
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
27
NK
SM3-5D
SM3-6D
SM3-8D
SM1-13D
SM1-14D
SM1-12D
SM1-11D
SM1-16D
SM1-15D
SM1-9D
SM1-10D
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
– S
+ S
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
SM3-10D
SM3-9D
SM1-1D
SM1-2D
SM1-3D
SM1-4D
SM1-5D
SM1-6D
SM1-7D
SM1-8D
U
S
RO
RS
US
UO
GS
GO
PS
PO
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
INFLATE
LUMBAR
DEFLATE
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SM5-1D
U
SM5-3D
OR
SM5-11D
B
CA25L
(CA26L)
B
CA23-4 SMS3D
BK BK
CA25R
(CA26R)
CA23-8
SMS4D
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
B
SM3-2D
BK
SM3-1D
I
I
**
O
O
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SM3-3D
SM3-4D
KS
KO
** NOTE: Module identification.
46
NS
SMS5D
NS
NS
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
3
1
SM14-D
5
2
OW
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SM7-1D THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
INNER
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
R
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
UG
DD11-2
NOT USED
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
CA23-3
U
SM10-1D
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR
SM10-3D
B
SM10-2D
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
B
DD1-14
UG
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
CA25L
(CA26L)
UP
UP
UP
NOT USED
DD1-3
UN
CA8-9
UN
CA13-2
UN
RD11-5
DD1-2
US
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
US
RD11-22
NOT USED
DD1-15
KS
CA8-11
KS
CA13-4
KS
RD11-15
DD1-13
CA8-15
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Fig. 12.3
SEAT RAISE
RELAY
19
NP
SM17-9D
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
SM17-4D
UW
UY
RHD
7
LHD
27
NK
SMS1D
NK
B
4
5
1
SM18-D
3
2
B
US
SM16-1D
SM17-5D
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
NK
B
9
10
SM18-D
8
UO
6
7
B
SM16-3D
DRIVER SEAT MOTOR
SEAT LOWER
RELAY
17
II
CC3L
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC1-5
CC1-2
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
13
1
2
II
10
I
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
NB
RW
WO
WN
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
46
NS
SMS5D
NS
NS
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
3
1
SM14-D
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
5
2
OW
R
OK (LHD) SM7-1D THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
OY (RHD)
INNER
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
B
CA25L
(CA26L)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
CA23-3
UG
DD11-2
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
UG
DD1-14
UP
UP
UP
NOT USED
DD1-3
UN
CA8-9
UN
CA13-2
UN
RD11-5
DD1-2
US
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
US
RD11-22
NOT USED
DD1-15
KS
CA8-11
KS
CA13-4
KS
RD11-15
DD1-13
CA8-15
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.4
CC3L
17
II
WS
CC1-5
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
13
1
2
II
10
I
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
NB
RW
WO
WN
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
– S
+ S
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SM13
-3P
GO
SM13
-1P
GS
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
SM4
-3P
UO
SM4
-1P
US
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
SM6
-3P
SM6
-1P
SM11
-3P
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SM11
-1P
SM12
-3P
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SM12
-1P
KO KS RO RS PO PS
41
NU
SM5-9P
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
SM5-16P
SM5-15P
SM5-12P
SM5-14P
SM5-4P
SM5-5P
SM5-7P
SM5-8P
SM5-6P
SM5-13P
RHD
27 LHD 7
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
NK B+
SM3-5P
SM3-6P
SM3-8P
SM1-13P
SM1-14P
SM1-12P
SM1-11P
SM1-16P
SM1-15P
SM1-9P
SM1-10P
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
– S
+ S
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
SM3-10P
SM3-9P
SM1-1P
SM1-2P
SM1-3P
SM1-4P
SM1-5P
SM1-6P
SM1-7P
SM1-8P
U
S
RO
RS
US
UO
GS
GO
PS
PO
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
INFLATE
SM5-1P
U
SM5-3P
B
SM3-2P
I
O
O
SM3-3P
SM3-4P
KS
KO
LUMBAR
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
OR
SM5-11P
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
47
NS
SMS5P
NS
NS
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
3
1
SM14-P
5
2
OW
OY (LHD) SM7-1P THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
OK (RHD)
INNER
OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
R
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
B
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
CA27-3
U
SM10-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR
B
SMS3P
B
B
SM10-3P
SM10-2P
CA27-4
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
CA26L
(CA25L)
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Fig. 12.5
17
II
WS
CC3L
CC1-5
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
13
1
2
II
10
I
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
NB
RW
WO
WN
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
– S
+ S
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SM13
-3P
GO
SM13
-1P
GS
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
SM4
-3P
UO
SM4
-1P
US
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
SM6
-3P
SM6
-1P
SM11
-3P
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SM11
-1P
SM12
-3P
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SM12
-1P
KO KS RO RS PO PS
41
NU
SMS7P
NU
SM5-9P
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
SM5-16P
SM5-15P
SM5-12P
SM5-14P
SM5-4P
SM5-5P
SM5-7P
SM5-8P
SM5-6P
SM5-13P
RW
RY
PY
PW
SMS8P
SMS10P
SMS11P
SMS9P
RHD
27 LHD 7
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
NK B+
SM3-5P
SM3-6P
SM3-8P
SM1-13P
SM1-14P
SM1-12P
SM1-11P
SM1-16P
SM1-15P
SM1-9P
SM1-10P
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
– S
+ S
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
SM3-10P
SM3-9P
SM1-1P
SM1-2P
SM1-3P
SM1-4P
SM1-5P
SM1-6P
SM1-7P
SM1-8P
U
S
RO
RS
US
UO
GS
GO
PS
PO
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
INFLATE
SM5-1P
SM5-3P
U
B
SM3-2P
I
O
O
SM3-3P
SM3-4P
KS
KO
LUMBAR
NU
SM25-5P
NU
RK
SM19-10P
SM19-9P
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SM5-11P
SM19-1P
SM19-6P
SM19-7P
PASSENGER SEAT
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH
OR
PW
PW
SM25-1P
PY PY
SM25-2P
B B
SM25-3P
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
47
NS
SMS5P
CA27-3
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
NS
NS
3
1
SM14-P
5
2
OW
OY (LHD) SM7-1P THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
OK (RHD)
INNER
OUTER
U
OR
SM10-1P
SM10-3P
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
R
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
B
SM10-2P
B
SMS3P
B
CA27-4
B
CA26L
(CA25L)
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
NU
SM25-9P
RK
PPS1
NU
RK
SM20-10P
SM20-9P
SM20-1P
SM20-6P
SM20-7P
RY RY
SM25-7P
RW RW
SM25-6P
B B
SM25-8P
PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Fig. 12.6
17
II
CC3L
WS
CC1-5
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
560 Ω
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
DRIVER
SEAT HEATER
STATE
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC1-8
CC1-7
CC1-14
CC1-13
OK
OP
OY
OU
FC7-5
FC7-4
FC7-14
FC7-13
OK
OP
OY
OU
13
1
2
II
10
I
FCS14
FCS12
NB
RW
WO
WN
OK
OY
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-69
FC15-86
FC15-17
FC15-35
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
O
I
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
46
NS
SMS5D
NS
NS
3
1
SM14-D
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
5
2
OW
OK
R
SM7-1D THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
INNER
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
CA23-4
B
CA25L
OK
OK
FC5-44
CA23-3
47
NS
SMS5P
NS
NS
3
1
SM14-P
5
2
OW
OY
SM7-1P THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
INNER
OUTER
R
B
CA27-4
B
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
CA26L
OY
OY
FC1-8
CA27-3
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Fig. 12.7
17
II
WS
CC1-5
BK BK
CCS4 CC1-2
560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE
560 Ω
DRIVER
SEAT HEATER
STATE
PASSENGER
CC1-14
CC1-13
CC1-8
CC1-7
OY
OU
OK
OP
FC7-14
FC7-13
FC7-5
FC7-4
OY
OU
OK
OP
13
1
2
II
10
I
FCS12
FCS14
NB
RW
WO
WN
OY
OK
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-17
FC15-35
FC15-69
FC15-86
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
I
O
I
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
46
NS
SMS5D
NS
NS
3
1
SM14-D
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
5
2
OW
OY
R
SM7-1D THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
INNER
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
CA23-4
B
CA26L
CC3L
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
OY
OY
FC1-8
CA23-3
47
NS
SMS5P
NS
NS
3
1
SM14-P
5
2
OW
OK
SM7-1P THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
INNER
OUTER
R
B
CA27-4
B
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
CA25L
OK
OK
FC5-44
CA27-3
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Rear Seats: Powered Rear Seats: Powered Fig. 12.8
SW
BS4-17
LH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
LH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
58
59
NW
RK
B
NW
RK
B
BC8-10
DEFLATE
INFLATE
BC8-9
BC8-7
LOCATE
LH LUMBAR SWITCH
BC3-10
FORE
AFT
BC3-9
BC3-7
LOCATE
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH
BC8-1
BC8-6
BC3-1
BC3-6
SY
UW
UY
54
56
57
BS4-16
BS4-7
BS4-6
NK B+
BS2-4
NW
B+
BS2-6
NW
B+ LUMBAR
BS2-12
SY
I
BS1-11
UW
I
BS7-19
UY
I
BS7-18
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
BS1-10
BS6-9
BS6-3
BS6-4
BS6-5
BS6-6
BS6-8
BS6-7
BS6-11
BS6-12
B
B
PS
PO
GS
GO
PW
PR
GW
GR
LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
BS21-1 BS21-3 BB3-1L BB3-3L
PS PO GS GO
BS3-3L BS3-4L
BS22-1 BS22-3 BB3-1R BB3-3R
PW PR GS GO
BS5-3R BS5-4R
60
NW
RK
B
BC4-10
LOWER
RAISE
BC4-1
BC4-6
BC4-9
BC4-7
LOCATE
LH HEADREST SWITCH
YG
YW
BS4-8
BS4-9
YG
YW
BS7-16
BS7-17
I
I
55
NW
SW
8
6
BS10
10
7
OU
B
BS3-6L
OU
OS
BB4-3L
SOLENOID VALVE
B B
BB4-2L
BBS1L
61
NW
RK
B
BC6-10
DEFLATE
INFLATE
BC6-1
BC6-6
BC6-9
BC6-7
LOCATE
RH LUMBAR SWITCH
RW
RY
BS4-12
BS4-13
RW
RY
BS7-20
BS7-8
I
I
O
O
BS6-10
BS6-2
OW
OU
LH LUMBAR
DEFLATE RELAY
BS3-5L
BS5-6R
BB4-1L
OU
BB4-3R
PRESSURE SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
B B
BB4-2R BBS1R
62
NW
RK
B
BC5-10
BC5-9
BC5-7
FORE
AFT
LOCATE
BC5-1
BC5-6
PW
PY
BS4-11
BS4-10
PW
PY
BS7-10
BS7-9
I
I
O
BS6-1
OS
BS5-5R
OS
BB4-1R
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
BS5-2R
B
B
BS3-2L
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
BCS2
RK
RK
RK
BS4-18
CA109-12
BCS1
63
NW
RK
B
B
RH FORE / AFT SWITCH
BC7-10
LOWER
RAISE
BC7-1
BC7-6
BC7-9
BC7-7
LOCATE
RH HEADREST SWITCH
GY
GW
BS4-14
BS4-15
GY
GW
BS7-14
BS7-15
I
I
REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
BS1-12
BS1-22
BS2-3
BS2-5
B
B
B
B
B
CA109-8
B
CA109-9
CA110L
NOTE: Wires used only for
mechanical strength.
CA110R
BS4-3
B
B
B
BSS5
CA109-3
CA38L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Fig. 12.9
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
RK
CA109-12
RK
BS4-18
RK
R
BS3-1L
R
RS
BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L
B
BBS1L
B
BS3-2L
B
64
25
II
NP
WU
BS8-3
BS8-4
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
BS8-1
BS8-5
BS8-2
R
U
B
BCS2
BSS2
R
BS4-1
BS4-2
R
U
RK
BC1-10
BC1-1
BC1-9
LOCATE
STATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BC1-7
B
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RS
BS5-1L
R
BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R
RS
B
BBS1R
B
BS5-2R
B
65
26
II
NP
WU
BS9-3
BS9-4
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
RS
BS9-1
US
BS9-5
B
BS9-2
BSS4
RS
BS4-4
BS4-5
RS
US
RK
BC2-10
BC2-1
BC2-9
LOCATE
STATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BC2-7
B
BCS1
B
BS4-3
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
B
RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
BSS5
B
CA109-3
B
CA38L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Rear Seat Heaters Rear Seat Heaters Fig. 12.10
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
RK
CA109-12
RK
R
R
RS
B
B
BS13-1
BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L
BS13-3
64
27
II
NP
WU
BS8-3
BS8-4
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
BS8-1
BS8-5
BS8-2
R
U
B
BSS6
BSS2
R
U
RK
BS11-10
BS11-4
BS11-9
LOCATE
STATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
B
BS11-6
B
BS11-5
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RS
R
RS
B
B
BS15-1
BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R
BS15-3
65
28
II
NP
WU
BS9-3
BS9-4
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
RS
BS9-1
US
BS9-5
B
BS9-2
BSS4
RS
US
RK
BS12-10
BS12-4
BS12-9
LOCATE
STATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
B
BS12-6
B
BS12-5
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
BSS5
B
CA109-3
B
CA38L
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Central Door Locking: ROW Central Door Locking: ROW Fig. 13.1
BK
FC17L
BK
CC3R
BK
CC3L
BK
CCS4
FC17L
CCS5
FCS7
BK
FCS7 FC4-5
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
BK
BK
FC14-4
CC13-3
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
FC4-4
CC13-1
CC1-6
SG
CC1-15
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
SP
SO
FC14-1
UR
FC7-16
FC15-67
SG
FC7-15 FC15-63
SP
FC15-55
SB SB
FC7-18 FC15-58
FC15-5
I
I
I
I
I
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
I
RW
1
FC15-41
I
WO 2
II
FC15-15
I
WY 8
II
FC15-33
I WN 10
I
FC15-32
NB
B+
13
FC15-80
O
– S
+ S
FC15-71
FC15-84
FC15-85
SR
U
S
28
NW
19.1
19.1
FC1-47
SCP
SCP
B
CAS37
CAS16
CA31L
B
NW
NW
9
10
6
CA50
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
8
7
SG
SR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR
CA223
-11
-14
-15
-13
-12
BT16-2
BT16-1
BTS19
B
BT28L
BY
B
SR
B
B
CA11-5
CA8-5
3
2
BT23
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
8
7
BT23
4
5
1
10
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
BT43-1
9
6
BT43-2
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
YU
YN
B
NU
OB
B
NU
OU
SCP
SCP
NU
BTS27
BT4-38
BT4-39
19.1
19.1
49
OB
O
BT1-10
OU
O
BT1-2
OR
O
BT1-1
YU
I
BT2-7
YN
I
BT2-19
U S –
BT1-16
S
S +
BT1-8
B+
I
I
I
I
I
BT1-15
BT6-1
BT6-2
BT1-13
BT1-14
NY
BK
51
RY RY
BT2-5 BTS24 BT41-1
BT2-3
RG
BRD
BT42-1
W
BT42-2
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
BK
BK
BT33
-1
TRUNK SWITCH
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
BT33
-2
BK
BT41-2
B
BTS18
BK
BT34
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BT22L
8
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
NW
DD3-12
RHD
B RHD B
CAS40
LHD
44
BK
CA8-8 DDS3
LHD
23
KEY BARREL
BK
DD3-7
NO
LOCK
UNLOCK
CA10-3
B
CA10-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
OY
DD10-1
DD3-10 DD11-12
OU
DD3-11 DD11-4
DDS1
NO
G
DD3-6
DD11-20
BK
B
DD10-8
DD10-17
B+
I
I
I
I
I
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
– S
+ S
O
O
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-5
DD10-6
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SY
SU
YN
DD3-8
DD3-3
DD3-1
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
SG
DD3-2
BK
DD3-9
CA8-4
DDS3
BK
CA8-8
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
SG
SG
CA46-4
SG
RD3-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
RD3-3
RD3-1
SCP
SCP
SY
SU
19.1
19.1
U S –
S
RD10-9
RD10-16
RD10-5
RD10-6
S +
O
O
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
I
**
I
**
B+
I
I
I
RD10-1
RD11-20
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
BK
RD10-19
NO
G
BK
B
RD10-17
CA14-1
RD3-5
RDS2
B
NO
CA14-3
22
BK
RD3-6
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
B
LHD 43
RDS1
CA36R
(CA33R)
RHD
BK
CA14-4
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
B
B
CA33R
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
B
CAS40
CA33R
B
CA11-8
LHD
B
CA30R
RHD
BK
RHD
23
PDS3
B
CA30R
LHD
BK
44
PD3-7
B
CA12-3
NO
B
CA12-1
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
PDS1
NO
PD10-1
G
PD3-6
PD11-20
BK
PD10-8
B
PD10-17
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B+
I
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
I
I
O
O
– S
+ S
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PD10-5
PD10-6
PD10-9
PD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SY
SU
SCP
SCP
YU
PD3-8
PD3-3
PD3-1
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
SG
PD3-2
BK
PD3-9
SG
CA11-4
PDS3
BK
CA11-8
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
SG
CA45-4
SG
RP3-2
RP3-3
RP3-1
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SY
SU
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U S –
S
RP10-5
RP10-6
RP10-9
RP10-16
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
O
O
S +
B+
I
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
** NOTE: Module identification.
NO
RP10-1 CA16-1
RP11-20
G
RP10-8
B
RP10-17
RP3-5
RPS2
B
NO
CA16-3
43
BK
RP3-6
B
LHD
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK
CA33R
(CA36R)
22 RHD
RPS1
BK
CA16-4
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Central Door Locking: NAS Central Door Locking: NAS Fig. 13.2
BK
FC17L
BK
CC3R
BK
CC3L
BK
CCS4
FC17L
CCS5
FCS7
BK
FCS7 FC4-5
BK
CC1-16
BK
CC1-2
BK
BK
FC14-4
CC13-3
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK
FC4-4
CC13-1
CC1-6
SG
CC1-15
SP
SO
FC14-1
UR
FC7-16
FC15-67
SG
FC7-15 FC15-63
SP
FC15-55
SB SB
FC7-18 FC15-58
FC15-5
I
I
I
I
I
LOGIC
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
POWER
I
RW
1
FC15-41
I
WO 2
II
FC15-15
I
WY 8
II
FC15-33
I WN 10
I
FC15-32
NB
B+
13
FC15-80
O
– S
+ S
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15-71
FC15-84
FC15-85
SR
U
S
28
NW
19.1
19.1
FC1-47
SCP
SCP
B
CAS37
CAS16
CA31L
B
NW
NW
9
10
6
CA50
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
8
7
SG
SR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR
CA223
-11
-14
-15
-13
-12
BT16-2
BT16-1
BTS19
B
BT28L
BY
B
SR
B
B
CA11-5
CA8-5
3
2
BT23
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
8
7
BT23
4
5
1
10
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
BT43-1
9
6
BT43-2
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
YU
YN
B
NU
OB
B
NU
OU
SCP
SCP
NU
BTS27
BT4-38
BT4-39
19.1
19.1
49
OR
YU
YN
BT2-19
U S –
S
OB
OU
BT1-10
BT1-2
BT1-1
BT2-7
BT1-16
BT1-8
O
O
O
I
I
S +
B+
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
I
I
I
BT1-15
BT6-1
BT6-2
BT1-13
BT1-14
NY
BK
51
RY RY
BT2-5 BTS24 BT41-1
BT2-3
RG
BRD
BT42-1
W
BK
BT42-2
BT33
-1
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
BK
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
BT33
-2
BK
BT41-2
B
BTS18
BK
BT34
BT22L
8
BK
CA36L
NW
DD3-12
CA8-8
BK
DDS3
23
KEY BARREL
BK
DD3-7
B
NO
LOCK
UNLOCK
CA10-3
B
CA10-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
OY
DD10-1
DD3-10 DD11-12
OU
DD3-11 DD11-4
DDS1
NO
G
DD3-6
DD11-20
BK
B
DD10-8
DD10-17
B+
I
I
I
I
I
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
– S
+ S
O
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-5
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
SY
YN
DD3-8
DD3-3
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
SG
DD3-2
BK
DD3-9
SG
CA8-4
DDS3
BK
CA8-8
BK
CA36L
SG
CA46-4
SG
RD3-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
RD3-3
SCP
SCP
SY
19.1
19.1
U S –
S
RD10-9
RD10-16
RD10-5
S +
O
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
**
**
B+
I
I
I
I
I
RD10-1
RD11-20
NO
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
BK
RD10-19
RD10-17
G
BK
B
RD3-5
RDS2
CA14-1
B
NO
CA14-3
22
BK
RD3-6
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
B
RDS1
CA36R
BK
BK
CA14-4
CA36L
CA33L
44
NO
CA12-1
NO
PD10-1
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B+
O
PD10-5
SY
YU
PD3-8
PD3-3
LOCK STATUS
SG
PD3-2
BK
PD3-9
CA11-4
PDS3
BK
SG
SG
CA45-4
SG
RP3-2
RP3-3
SY
RP10-5
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
O
B+
** NOTE: Module identification.
NO
RP10-1
CA16-1
NO
43
BK
CA33L
CA11-8
BK
PDS3
BK
PD3-7
B
CA12-3
B
PD3-6
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
PDS1
G
BK
B
PD11-20
PD10-8
PD10-17
I
I
I
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
– S
+ S
PD10-9
PD10-16
U
S
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
CA11-8
BK
CA33L
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
U S –
RP10-9
S
S +
RP10-16
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
I
I
I
RP11-20
RP10-8
RP10-17
G
B
RP3-5
RPS2
B
CA16-3
BK
RP3-6
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK
B
RPS1
BK
BK
CA16-4
CA33L
CA33R
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA33R
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1
3
5
5
#7 30A
1
2
5
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †
LS6-1
LS6-10
YR
YS
LS43-2
POWERWASH
PUMP
LS43-1
B
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
13
17
2
II
NB
NY
WO
FC15-80
FC15-104
FC15-15
B+ LOGIC
B+ MOTORS
I
O YS YS
YS
I
O
FC15-18
YW
FC15-6
YG
FC15-26
FC5-25
FC5-47
FC5-F
YW
YG
LS3-23
LS3-31
LS3-D
YW
YG
LS44-3
LS44-2
FLUID LEVEL
LS44-1
B
LSS15
B
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
LS19L
5
II
WO
SC1-9
WO
WASH
FAST WIPE
SLOW WIPE
FLICK WIPE
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
LGR
LGK
LGO
LGU
SC1-8
SC1-6
SC1-5
SC1-7
LGR
LGK
LGO
LGU
FC15-37
FC15-34
FC15-94
FC15-9
I
I
I
I
O
WLG
FC15-43
FC5-26
WLG
LS3-24
KG
NU
3
1
LS11
WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY †
4
5
2
B
NU
WLG
LSS10
B
LS18R
LSS2
NU
71
DELAY
560 Ω
1.3 ΚΩ
2.7 ΚΩ
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
KG
NU
3
1
LS12
4
5
2
U
R
BLG
5.1 ΚΩ
11 ΚΩ
51 ΚΩ
O
FC15-19
BLG
FC5-27
BLG
LS3-25
WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY †
WASH / WIPE STALK
FAST
BW
EM33-3
R
EM51-3
R
FC17R
BK
FCS28
BK
SC2-1
SC2-9
YU
BK BK
SCS1
DIP
SIDE
DIP
SIDE
AUTO
LIGHTING STALK
UY
SC2-4
RY RY
SCS2 SC2-3
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
RY
FCS9
RY
FC15-16
I
I
FC15-60
RY
B B
EMS11 EM33-4
EM17
N
SLOW
PARK SWITCH
WIPER MOTOR
BR
NLG
EM33-2
EM33-1
U
RY
EM51-4
EM3-4
U
RY
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RY
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Fig. 15.1
9
NW
DD1-1
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE UP
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
PASSENGER SIDE UP
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
PASSENGER UP
PASSENGER DOWN
YW
DD1-12
BN
DD1-11 DD11-22
BW
DD1-6 DD11-15
BY
DD1-23 DD11-6
BS
DD1-19 DD11-21
BO
DD1-9 DD10-18
BG
DD1-10 DD10-10
BR
DD1-21 DD10-19
BP
DD1-22 DD11-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CA8-16
BK
CCS5 CC1-16
CC3R
BK
YW
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
FC5-1
SG
CC1-15
1
2
II
8
II
FC7-15
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
YW
RW
WO
WY
SG
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
S
FC15-89
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-33
FC15-63
U S –
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
U S –
BT1-16
BT1-8
I
I
I
I
I
S +
S +
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
O
O
B+
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
REMOTE
ALL
CLOSE
B+
I
I
I
YB
FC15-46
YLG
FC15-47
NB
FC15-80
NY
BT1-15
BT6-1
BRD
BT6-2
BK
BT1-13
BK
BT1-14
FC5-30
FC5-29
13
51
BK
BTS18
W
BT22L
BT33
-1
YB
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
CA64-4
YLG
BT33
-2
B
CA64-2
BT34
I
I
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
O
O
B+
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
I
CA64-1
SR2-1
SR2-3
O
U
NK
OS
CA64-5 CA53-5
OG
CA64-6 CA53-6
B
CA64-3
CAS46
B
CA30L
45
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
OPEN
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
WN 16
CA53-1
I
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24
CA8-8
BK
1Κ Ω
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
S
FC24-19
U
FC24-20
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
S + + C
VEHICLE
SPEED
S – – C
FC24-24
FC24-47
Y
G
19.1
19.1
CAN
CAN
CA36L
8
LOCK
OY
NW
DD3-10 DD11-12
DD3-12
UNLOCK OU
DD3-11 DD11-4
KEY BARREL
23
NO NO
CA10-1 DD10-1
BK
BK BK
CA8-8 DDS3 DD10-8
B B B
CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
I
I
B+
I
I
– S
+ S
O
O
U
DD10-9
S
DD10-16
DD10-7
OW
19.1
19.1
DD10-15 DD16-2
UW
DD16-1
SCP
SCP
O U U
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
SCP
SCP
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
19.1
19.1
O
RD16-1
RD16-2
U S –
S
OW
RD10-9
RD10-16
RD10-15
UW
RD10-7
INSTRUMENT PACK
S +
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
O
O
I
**
I
**
B+
I
I
I
I
NO
RD10-1
RD11-6
RD11-21
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
BK
RD10-19
B
RD10-17
NO
CA14-1
BO
BG
BK
RDS1 CA14-4
B
RDS2 CA14-3
22
B
BK
RD1-1
RD1-5
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RD1-3
NW
10
CA36L
CA30R
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
CA36R
CA36L
39
NG
PD1-3
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
CA33L
NO
44
PD1-1
PD1-5
BK
BK
CA11-8
B B
CAS40 CA12-3
B
CA33R
NO
CA12-1 PD10-1
BO
PD11-6
BG
PD11-21
BK
PDS3 PD10-8
B
PDS1 PD10-17
B+
I
I
I
– S
+ S
I
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
O
O
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PD10-9
PD10-16
PD10-7
U
S
OW
19.1
19.1
PD10-15 PD16-2
UW
PD16-1
O
SCP
SCP
U
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
U
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
NOT USED
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
O
RP16-1
RP16-2
U S –
S
RP10-9
RP10-16
U
U
RP11-8
RP11-15
OW
RP10-15
UW
RP10-7
S +
O
O
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
I
I
NO
RP10-1
RP11-6
RP11-21
RP10-8
RP10-17
BK
B
NO
CA16-1
BO
BG
BK
RPS1 CA16-4
B
RPS2 CA16-3
43
B
CA33R
RP1-1
RP1-5
BK
CA33L
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RP1-3
NG
40
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Fig. 15.2
9
NW
DD1-1
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE UP
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
PASSENGER SIDE UP
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
PASSENGER UP
PASSENGER DOWN
YW
DD1-12
BY
DD1-23 DD11-22
BS
DD1-19 DD11-15
BN
DD1-11 DD11-6
BW
DD1-6 DD11-21
BR
DD1-21 DD10-18
BP
DD1-22 DD10-10
BO
DD1-9 DD10-19
BG
DD1-10 DD11-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CA8-16
BK
CCS5 CC1-16
CC3R
BK
YW
FC1-10
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
SG
CC1-15
1
2
II
8
II
FC7-15
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
YW
RW
WO
WY
SG
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
S
FC15-89
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-33
FC15-63
U S –
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
U S –
BT1-16
BT1-8
I
I
I
I
I
S +
S +
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
O
O
B+
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
REMOTE
ALL CLOSE
B+
I
I
I
YB
FC15-46
YLG
FC15-47
NB
FC15-80
NY
BT1-15
BT6-1
BRD
BT6-2
BK
BT1-13
BK
BT1-14
FC5-30
FC5-29
13
51
BK
BTS18
W
BT22L
BT33
-1
YB
CA64-4
YLG
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
BT33
-2
B
CA64-2
BT34
I
I
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
O
O
B+
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
I
CA64-1
SR2-1
SR2-3
CA64-5
CA64-6
CA64-3
NK
O
U
OS
CA53-5
OG
CA53-6
B
CAS46
B
CA30L
45
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
OPEN
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
WN 16
CA53-1
I
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24
CA8-8
BK
1Κ Ω
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
SCP
SCP
19.1
19.1
S
FC24-19
U
FC24-20
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
S + + C
VEHICLE
SPEED
S – – C
FC24-24
FC24-47
Y
G
19.1
19.1
CAN
CAN
CA33L
8
LOCK
OY
I
NW
DD3-10 DD11-12
DD3-12
UNLOCK OU
I
DD3-11 DD11-4
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
44
BK
CA8-8
B B
CAS40 CA10-3
NO NO
B+
CA10-1 DD10-1
BK BK
I
DDS3
DD10-8
B
B
I
DDS1
DD10-17
– S
+ S
O
O
U
DD10-9
S
DD10-16
DD10-7
OW
19.1
19.1
DD10-15 DD16-2
UW
DD16-1
SCP
SCP
O U U
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
SCP
SCP
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
19.1
19.1
O
RD16-1
RD16-2
U S –
S
OW
RD10-9
RD10-16
RD10-15
UW
RD10-7
INSTRUMENT PACK
S +
O
O
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
**
**
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
NO
RD10-1
RD11-6
RD11-21
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
BK
RD10-19
B
RD10-17
NO
CA14-1
BO
BG
BK
RDS1 CA14-4
B
RDS2 CA14-3
43
B
BK
RD1-1
RD1-5
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RD1-3
NW
10
CA33L
CA33R
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
CA33R
CA33L
39
NG
PD1-3
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
CA36L
NO
23
PD1-1
PD1-5
BK
BK
CA11-8
B B
CA12-3
CA30R
NO
CA12-1 PD10-1
BO
PD11-6
BG
PD11-21
BK
PDS3 PD10-8
B
PDS1 PD10-17
B+
I
I
I
I
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
– S
+ S
O
O
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
U
19.1
PD10-9
S
19.1
PD10-16
OW O
PD10-15 PD16-2
UW
PD10-7 PD16-1
SCP
SCP
U
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
U
SCP
SCP
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
19.1
19.1
NOT USED
O
RP16-1
RP16-2
U S –
S
RP10-9
RP10-16
U
U
RP11-8
RP11-15
OW
RP10-15
UW
RP10-7
S +
O
O
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
I
I
I
NO
RP10-1
RP11-6
RP11-21
RP10-8
RP10-17
BK
B
NO
CA16-1
BO
BG
BK
RPS1 CA16-4
B
RPS2 CA16-3
22
B
CA36R
BK
RP1-1
RP1-5
CA36L
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RP1-3
NG
40
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Standard In-Car Entertainment Standard In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.1
RADIO
ANTENNA
CAN
CAN
19.1
19.1
Y
G
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC24-24
FC24-47
10.2
10.2
RK
RLG
C +
C –
VEHICLE
SPEED
O
INSTRUMENT PACK
FC25-20
UW
FC5-6
UW
NG
20 B+
IC10-10
21 WY
B+
I
IC10-11
IC1-5
RK
RLG
UW
IC10-1
IC10-3
IC10-4
I
O
CA3
LGB
IC10-5
LGB
50
NO CODE
NG
LGB
BT19-3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
CA7
ANTENNA
MOTOR
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
IC3-9
SK
SO
CA54
-1
NOT USED
CA54
-2
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER
PD5
-1
(LHD)
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5 DD5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
SK
SO
PD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6 DD6
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RD6 RDP
-1 -1
(RHD) (RHD)
KP
RP6
-2
(LHD)
BS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5 RD5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
RT2-7
RT2-9
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-4
IC1-10
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
IC10-15
IC10-16
IC10-14
IC10-12
IC10-13
IC10-18
IC10-17
IC10-20
IC10-19
SK
SO
KG
BW
BS
IC3-10
IC3-1
IC3-2
IC3-3
IC3-4
SK
SO
KG
BW
BS
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
SK
SO
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
SK
SO
KP
BS
BS
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
KP
BS
BS
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
IC10-8
KP
IC3-8
KP
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
KP
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
KP
IC10-9
SR
IC3-7
SR
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
SR
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
SR
MODE
SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω
PY
SW2-2
CASSETTE
SW1-2
PY
SC3-2
PY
FC5-36
PY
IC1-3
PY
IC10-2
I
IC10-6
IC10-7
SP
IC3-6
IC3-5
SP
SR
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
SP
DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
SP
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
BO
SW2-6
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
SW1-6
BO
SC3-12
BO
FCS28
BK
FC17R
IC19
IC19-2
IC19-5
IC19-3
IC19-4
CD LINK LEAD
W
BRD
R
G
U
IC5
IC5-2
IC5-5
IC5-3
IC5-4
IC3-12
IC3-11
SP
CA56
-1
CA56
-2
NOT USED
SP SR KP BS
DD5
-1
(LHD)
DD5
-2
(LHD)
PD5 PD5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
DD6
-1
(LHD)
DD6
-2
(LHD)
PD6 PD6
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
RD6
-1
(LHD)
RD6
-2
(LHD)
RP6 RP6
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5 RP5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IC19-6
IC19-7
IC19-1
Y
O
BRD
IC5-6
IC5-7
IC5-1
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
IC19-8
IC5-8
BRD
CD AUTO-CHANGER
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CE2
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.2
RADIO
ANTENNA
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
CAN
CAN
19.1
19.1
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C +
C –
VEHICLE
SPEED
O
INSTRUMENT PACK
FC25-20
UW
FC5-6
UW
NG
20 B+
IC10-10
21 WY
B+
I
IC10-11
IC1-5
UW
IC10-1
I
O
CA3
LGB
IC10-5
LGB
50
NO CODE
NG
LGB
BT19-3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
CA7
ANTENNA
MOTOR
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
CA54
-1
CA54
-2
PD5
-1
(LHD)
NOT USED
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5 DD5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
PD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6 DD6
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RP6
-2
(LHD)
RD6 RD6
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5 RD5
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME+
VOLUME –
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
10.2
10.2
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
PY
BO
RK
RLG
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
SW2-2
SW2-6
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
RT2-7
RT2-9
SW1-2
SW1-6
PY
BO
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
SC3-2
SC3-12
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-4
IC1-10
PY
PY
FC5-36
BO
BK
FCS28
RK
RLG
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
PY
IC1-3
FC17R
IC10-3
IC10-4
IC10-15
IC10-16
IC10-14
IC10-12
IC10-13
IC10-2
I
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
IC34-1
IC34-2
IC34-3
IC34-4
IC34-5
IC34-6
CD LINK LEAD
IC19
W
IC19-2
BRD
IC19-5
R
IC19-3
G
IC19-4
U
IC19-6
Y
IC19-7
O
IC19-1
BRD
IC19-8
BRD
CE2
NP
NP
52 B+
ICS1
IC30-5
NP
B+
IC30-12
B
I
IC30-2
Y
I
IC30-7
G
IC30-3
U
I
IC30-6
R
I
IC30-1
O
I
IC31-1
BRD
IC5
IC5-2
IC5-5
IC5-3
IC5-4
IC5-6
IC5-7
IC5-1
IC5-8
CD AUTO-CHANGER
POWER AMPLIFIER
SK
IC31-6
IC3-9
SO
IC31-16
IC3-10
SK
IC31-14
IC3-1
SO
IC31-13
IC3-2
KG
IC31-11
IC3-3
BW
IC31-3
IC3-4
R
IC31-7
U
IC31-17
S
IC31-8
K
IC31-18
BS
IC31-2
IC3-8
KP
IC31-10
IC3-7
SR
IC31-4
IC3-6
SP
IC31-12
IC3-5
SR
IC31-15
IC3-12
SP
IC31-5
IC3-11
B
IC30-4
B
IC30-11 ICS8
B
IC2-4
B
SK
SO
SK
SO
KG
BW
BS
KP
SR
SP
SR
SP
SK
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
SO
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
IC2-5
IC2-6
IC2-7
IC2-8
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CA56
-1
CA56
SK
SO
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
SK
SO
KP
BS
R
U
S
K
BT52-1
BT52-2
BT53-1
BT53-2
KP
BS
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
BS
RDS5 (LHD)
BS
RPS5 (RHD)
-2 (RHD) (RHD)
(RHD) (RHD)
(RHD) (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
KP
RPS4 (RHD) KP
DDS5 (LHD)
SR
PDS5 (RHD)
DDS4 (LHD)
SR
SP PDS4 (RHD)
SP
SP SR KP BS
DD5 DD5
DD6 DD6
RD6 RD6
-1 -2
-1 -2
-1 -2
(LHD) (LHD)
(LHD) (LHD)
(LHD) (LHD)
PD5 PD5
PD6 PD6
RP6 RP6
-1 -2
-1 -2
-1 -2
NOT USED
SUB-WOOFER
KP
BS
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-1
(RHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(RHD)
BT22R*
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
* NOTE: Early production vehicles – BT44.
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Radio Telephone Radio Telephone Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
RT65
35
NP
NP
NP
RT2-8
RTS2
RT3-3
B+
NP
RT3-10
B+
20 WG
LG
B+
I
RT2-10
RT3-2
W
W
W
NOTE: Wires not color-coded.
U
RT4-10
RT4-11
RT4-5
RT4-16
RT4-15
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
RT2-7
RT2-9
PK
PR
PO
UY
LGY
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRD
RT64-1
BRD
RT66-1
BRD
RT5-11
RT5-10
RT1-1
SK
RT4-8
RT64-2
RT66-2
RT5-12
RT5-9
RT1-10
W
RT4-14
RT5-1
RT1-7
W
RT4-12
RT5-2
RT1-3
BRD
RT4-7
SR
RT4-1
RT5-3
RT1-4
SO
RT4-4
RT5-4
RT1-5
K
RT4-3
RT5-5
RT1-6
B
RT3-8
RT5-6
RT1-2
G
RT4-13
RT5-7
RT1-8
BRD
RT3-6
B
O
BRD
RT4-6
RT5-8
RT1-9
RT3-1
HANDSET
Y
Y
CA67-1
BRD
RT2-4
BRD
RT3-11
CA67-2
RT2-5
RT3-12
MICROPHONE
B
RTS3
B
RT3-4
RT3-9
B
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT2-6
B
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CAS50
B
CA38R
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Fig. 17.1
CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value
for the 10A battery fuse.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG
SYSTEM HAS FIRST BEEN DEACTIVATED.
5
II
WK
CA61-5
B+
O
CA61-10
Y
SW10-1
CASSETTE
SW11-1
YR
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.2
OS
CA61-9
D
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
08.2
YW
RW
YR
FC5-10
Y
FC5-35
CA225
-6 -5
-8 -7
YR
Y
CA61-7
CA61-40
O
O
CA61-11
YU
SW10-3
CASSETTE
SW11-3
Y
STEERING WHEEL
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production
vehicles only.
O
CA61-13
Y
CA81-1
RG
PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG
YR
KP
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA15-2
CA15-3
CA15-1
S
P
R
CA61-22
CA61-20
CA61-24
I
I
I
O
CA61-14
CA61-1
U
N
CA81-3
CA62-1
LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
CA61-2
CA62-3
RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA22-2
CA22-3
CA22-1
S
P
R
CA61-23
CA61-21
CA61-25
I
I
I
O
CA61-3
CA61-4
U
N
CA65-1
CA65-3
RH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
O
CA61-16
Y
CA66-1
Y
SM15-1D (LHD)
SM15-1P (RHD)
LH SIDE AIRBAG
CA61-17
YU
CA66-3
YR
SM15-2D (LHD)
SM15-2P (RHD)
O
CA61-18
Y
CA72-1
Y
SM15-1P (LHD)
SM15-1D (RHD)
RH SIDE AIRBAG
BK
CA61-6
I
CA61-19
YR
CA72-3
YR
SM15-2P (LHD)
SM15-2D (RHD)
CA48
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 18.1
HORN
SWITCHES
HP1
HP2
GU
GU
S
CASSETTE
GU
SW2-1
SW1-1
CASSETTE
BK
SW2-5
SW1-5
STEERING WHEEL
SC3-1
SCS1
BK
SC2-9
BK
NB
13 B+
FC15-80
GU
I
FC15-4
BK
FCS28
FC17R
HORN
CONTROL
O
FC15-70
GS
5
5
#11 10A LS7-1
3
5
#13 10A LS7-5
1
2
LS6-6
HORN RELAY (#6) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
GS
EM3-1
EM1-10
YB
YW
GS
LS20R
LS18R
B
YB
B
YW
B
LSS10
LS48
LS49
LS46
LS47
RH HORN
LH HORN
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORNS
PN
#11 10A BT12-1
3
5
1
#13
BT12-5
2
1
WN
1 17
BT11-6
I
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BTS6
PN
BT4-C
25
BT21R
24
CA31R
NLG
BT25-1
PN
BT25-3
B
BT25-2
NLG
CA71-1
PN
CA71-3
B
CA71-2
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
11
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
NY
FCS5
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
NY
NY
FC23-10
FC23-11
FC23-1
FC23-2
FC23-3
FC23-4
FC23-5
FC23-6
FC23-7
FC23-8
FC23-12
NY
EPS2
NY
NY
RO
RO
WN
RY
Y
G
RK
RK
UO
EP1-10
EP1-11
EP1-1
EP1-2
EP1-3
EP1-4
EP1-5
EP1-6
EP1-7
EP1-8
EP1-12
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
B
FC23-9
B
EPS1
B
EP1-9
FC29R
DIMMER MODULE
22
I
WU
CA74-2
CA74-1
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
B
CA47L
EP4
NY
EP2-2
5A
EP2-1
NY
23
I
WU
CA75-2
CA75-1
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
B
CA47R
EP3
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
MODULE
B
CIGAR LIGHTERS
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
CAN and SCP Networks CAN and SCP Networks Fig. 19.1
+ C
– C
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
Y
LS27-5
G
LS27-15
EM1-6
EM1-7
Y
EM7-83
G
EM7-82
C +
C –
+ C
– C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 N/A)
EM7-86
EM7-85
Y
G
AJ26 N/A
AJ26 N/A
Y
G
EM10-26
EM10-25
C +
C –
+ C
– C
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y
EM10-28
G
EM10-27
EM2-7
EM2-6
Y
G
FC7-8
FC7-2
Y
CC14-4
G
CC14-3
C +
C –
+ C
– C
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y
CC14-9
G
CC14-8
FC11-12
FC11-15
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C +
C –
12
24
II
14
I
3
II
NU
WK
WN
WO
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
B+
B+
+ C
– C
ABS/TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
+ C
– C
Y
LS27-5
G
LS27-15
Y
EM62-H
G
EM62-L
EM1-6
EM1-7
Y
EMS31
G
EMS32
Y
G
AJ26 SC
AJ26 SC
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
+ C
– C
FC24-23
FC24-48
Y
G
FC7-10
FC7-9
Y
G
CC6-6
CC6-14
C +
C –
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 SC)
U S –
FC24-20
S
S +
FC24-19
INSTRUMENT PACK
– S
+ S
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
– S
+ S
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
– S
+ S
U
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
U
BT1-16
S
BT1-8
U
DD10-9
S
DD10-16
BT4-15
BT4-16
CA8-2
CA8-3
U
S
U
S
U
U
U
S
S
S
CA222
-2
-4
-5
-12
-14
-11
-1
-6
-7
-3
-8
-15
-16
-17
-13
-18
U
U
U
U
U
S
S
S
S
S
FCS2
FCS3
U S
FC1
-32
FC1
-48†
U
S
U
S
U
S
CA19-4
CA19-5
CA23-5
CA23-6
CA46-2
CA46-3
U S –
SM3-10D
S
SM3-9D
RD10-9
S
S +
U S –
RD10-16
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
S +
CCS4
BK
CC3L
U
S
BK
BK
CC6-10
CC6-2
CC6-4
CC6-5
S –
S +
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
– S
+ S
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
U
PD10-9
S
PD10-16
CA11-2
CA11-3
U
S
CA223
-10
-9
-8
-18
-19
-20
U
U
U
S
S
S
U
S
CA27-5
CA27-6
U S –
SM3-10P
S
SM3-9P
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S +
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
U
S
CA45-2
CA45-3
U S –
RP10-9
S
S +
RP10-16
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Serial Data Links Serial Data Links Fig. 19.2
D
Y
D
D
FC15-39
SU
FC15-92
SO
FC15-21
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
D
D
D
D
D
SO
FC22-11
SU
FC22-9
Y
FC22-17
O
FC22-16
O
FC22-6
FCS30
SECURITY SYSTEM
SERIAL LINK
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D
D
O
EM10-6
Y
EM10-17
EM2-15
EM2-13
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
O
Y
12
24
II
14
I
3
II
NU
WK
WN
WO
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
B+
B+
FCCP
VFP
D
D
P
EM11-3
W
EM13-2
EM53-18
EM53-19
ECM PROGRAMMING LINK
P
W
CC6-12
CC6-13
D
D
D
D
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
D
D
K
EM10-12
O
EM10-13
K
EM68-28
O
EM68-10
EMS39
EMS40
K
O
EM3-3
EM3-2
K
O
FCS16
O
FC11-17
FC11-16
O
K
CCS11
CCS10
OS
CA19-2
OS
K
O
NOTE: Splice header CA225 deleted – early
production vehicles only.
CA225
-9 -10
OS
CA61-9
D
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: Serial Data Link
K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication
CCS4
BK
CC3L
K
O
BK
BK
CC6-15
CC6-7
CC6-4
CC6-5
D
D
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
K
CC31-10
O
CC31-21
D
D
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
1 6
7 47
Fig. 01.1
48 82
1
II
4
II
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
II
45
E
44
II
63
E
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1 17
I
Fig. 02.1
I
Input
O
Output
C
S
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
V Pin Description
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 iGNiTiON SWITCHED GROUND
0 FC15~97 RELAY COlL DRi”E
Active
GROUND
GROVND
Inactive
B-
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
Connector I Type I Color
BT%/ BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
8767, BArrERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15:14-WAY~MPEEEC,GREY
Location / Access
TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi LH FRONT
FUSE BOX-
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA41 i ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL
CA42: 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
913, EYELET
ST, 4, EYELET
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BT10,1O~WAY “.T.A FVSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRlER
BTll :,o~WAY “.TA. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTlZ, ,@WAY” TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BTlS,,o~WAY U TA FUSE BOX/BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BT61, EYELET
8162, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRANSIT iSOLATlON DE”lCE BTU, LUCAR - STRAlGHT ADMCENT TO BATTERY, BATTERY COVER
BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSlTl”E RELAY BROWN BUS RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD COVER
IRH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX1
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOW
,GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX,
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD COVER
CLH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~ B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/ GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SE
ST6
EYELET
EYELET
ENGINE
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,RH
RH FALSE BULKHEAD
FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BA”ERY GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,O~WA” V.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CAZ, IO-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX f BLACK
ST15, EYELET
F”SE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA.,, , ,O~WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CA&?, ,&WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST13, EYELET
5714, EYELET
SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222! ZO~WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD i HEELBOARD COVER
SPLlCE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD! HEELBOARD COVER
SWCE HEADER - CA224 C~224, 20.WAY SUMITOMO SPLlCE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD: HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
CA\10 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA14 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH 'N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CA20 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY M”LTliOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ICI 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE LH HEELBOARD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT KS, IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LS6, ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
LS7, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
LSB, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST,9 i EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20,,0-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
STX, EYELET
ST21 t EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRIER
BT,, 1 ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT12, ,&WA,’ ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
8164, EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL! BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR B”LKHEAD/RH SIDE
CA109 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI, GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK, BATTERY COVER
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5, ,&WAY U T A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSS i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
I 57 / 1”.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
;iB, l&,AY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CA2,10-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST15, EYELET
FUSE BOX-RI- HEELBOARD CA41, lo-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX/NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA.42 i IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX/BLACK
ST14,
EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT,, , ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT,2,,0-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64, EYELET
SPLlCE HEADER - CA225 CA225,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLiCE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
!&WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19
CA20
Z&WAY
Z&WA’,
MULTiLOCK
MULTILOCK
070, YELLOW
070 iYELLOW
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
BRACKET,
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CA109
IZ-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EMI
1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM42
I-WAY YAZAK, , GREY
BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
EM51
12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY
ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
FC1
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / BLACK
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK
BELOW DRl”ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
IC1
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
LH HEELBOARD
LS3
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT
Connector I Type I Color
EM,9,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
EM20, IO-WAY u T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20! EYELET
ST21, EYELET
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
EM2
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070: GREY
EM51
12~WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR I BLACK
PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090 : BLACK
Location I Access
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST )I LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT I GLDVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTS BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component
,GNlTlON SWTCH
,NERTlA
SWITCH
Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
FCd, I-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
CM, 3.WAY ECONOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK RH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
CA19 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CA20 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FCll ,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
LS3 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONIuECTOR, BLACK
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD I RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET I LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE 1 COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
FCI’L
Location
/ Type
EYELET (PAW-EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
v Pin Description
I FC15.7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D x15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION -KEY TRANSPONDER
D FClS-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
I FCl5~80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNiCATlONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description
D EM10-6 OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
I EM10-15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
D EM,&77 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
V Pin Description
D FCZZ-9 SERlAL COMMUNlCATiON IENCODED COMMUNICATIONi
D FCZZ-1, SERIAL COMM”NlCATlON BPM
D FCZZ-16 OKTO START (ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONi
Active
GROUND ,Ni
ENCODED
ENCODED
GROUND
GROVND
B+
Active
B+ (P. N1
ENCODED
GROUND
Active
ENCODED
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATIONS
ICRANKING)
ICRANKINGI
COMMUNICATIONS
iCRANKING,
COMMUNiCATiON
Inactive
Bt ,P. R, D, 4.3, 21
B+
Bt
B+
Inactive
GROUND
El+
Inactive
(R.D.4.3.2~
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
IGNITION
SWlTCH
KEYTRANSPONDER
NEUTRAL
REGULATOR
STARTER
SUPPRESSION
SWITCH
MOTOR
iGENERATOR
MODULE
MODULE
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
BT66, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM,, ,,6-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM12, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14,,2-WAY MULTILOCK 4I:WHITE
EM,S,ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47,WHITE
AN1 i EYELET
AN2, EYELET
ST4, EYELET
BT60 i EYELET
BTS1, EYELET
BT62 1 EYELET
BT63, EYELET
FC4,8-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 i WHlTE
FC22,20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN
CC>,, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
PISO, SWAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK
ST,, EYELET
ST2, EYELET
ST31 EYELET
AN3, X-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED
TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER
BVLKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
STEERING
COLUMN
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK i RH SIDE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS
Relay
Case Color Connector / Color
Location
/ Access
STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
EM2
EM3
EM60
FC7
Pi.
PI2
ST5
ST6
Type / Color
CONNECTORS
IO~WAY MUWLOCK 070, GREY
II-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, GREY
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
IWVAY ECONOSEAL 111 iC,
EYELET
EYELET
BLACK
Location / Access
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘iz’ POST, LOWER ‘I’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COwARTMENTi BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
CCBR EYELET (PAIR, iii, FRONT BULKHEAD STVD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
TJ Pin Description
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION - KEY TRANSPONDER
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC15~4.1 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description
D EM10-6 OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EMI&15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATl0N
D EM,O-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
v Pin Description
D X22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-ll SERIAL COMMUNICATION - BPM
D FC**-16 OK TO START iENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC**-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONI
DUAL LINEAR
SWITCH
v Pin Description
I CC8~2 TCM, DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
0 CC%4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
0 CC8-5 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
Active
GROUND
ENCODED
ENCODED
GROUND
GROUND
*+
Active
B+ IP. N)
ENCODED
(Ni
COMMUNiCATlON
COMMUNICATIONS
iCRANKlNGi
(CRANKING,
COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND ICRANKING) Bt
Active
ENCODED
Active
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (P, N,
COMMUNICATION
iN)
Inactive
Bt ,P, R, D. 4, 3, 21
B+
Bt
Bc
Inactive
GROUND
Inactive
Inactive
iR.D.4.3.21
GROUND
B7 (P. R, D. 4.3, 21
GROUND CR. D, 4, 3.2)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BA”ERY
BODY PROCESSOR
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
MODULE
BT65, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
BTU, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15, II-WAY AMP EEEC i GREY
CC8,lZ~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
TRUNK, BATTERY COVER
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
RlGHT HAND SlDE OF GEAR SELECTOR! CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,0,28-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ,16-WA’,’ MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*/**-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3,34~WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14, ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, WHlTE
EM15 122.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
,GNlT,ON
SWITCH
KEY TRANSPONDER
REGULATOR
STARTER
SUPPRESSION
RELAYS
Relay
STARTERRELAY
MOTOR
MODULE
(GENERATOR)
MODULE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
EM*
EM3
EM50
EM63
FC7
PI1
Pi2
ST5
ST6
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
*-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, GREY
,&WAY MULTliOCK 070 iYELLOW
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
EYELET
EYELET
BT60, EYELET
BT61, EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
FC4,8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
FC**, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN
P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK
ST,, EYELET
ST*, EYELET
ST3, EYELET
AN3, SWAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED
Case Color
BROWN
Location
Connector
EM50,
BROWN
/ Access
/ Color
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘N POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
Location
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiRH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
TRUNK i ADJACENT TO EATERY
STEERING
COLUMN
BELOW lNSTR”MENT PACK
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ENGlNE BLOCK, RH SIDE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
/ Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage
KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Description Active Inactive
BA
B-
0”
*A
B+ B-
B,
BA
GROUND
B+
GROUND
5v
GROUND
GROUND
*+
B+
5v
GROUND
GROUND
iR.D.4.32~
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR
ECM AND TCM COOLlNG FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS. ENGINE CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANlSTER PURGE VALVE
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR
ti02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR I”PSTREAM,-A
HOX HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM - B
,ATS ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘ti BANK
KS- KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK
MAW MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
025 OXYGEN SENSOR ,DOWNSTRE*MI - A
OzS’ OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAMI B
PARKlNG BRAKE SWTCH
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTrLE MOTOR
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
“ACUUM SWlTCHiNG VALVE i
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3
“AR,ABLE VALVE TiblNG SOLENOlD VALVE ‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK
Connector I Type I Color
cc40: 4~WAY MULTILOCK cm! WHITE
C”, , P-WAYAZAKI 90 / BLACK
P117 j 2.WAY ECONOSE*L 111 HC, BLACK
P,,5,2~WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK
EMS6 :2~WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE
EMlO: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I GREY
EM, 1 : 16 WAY MULTILOCK MO! GREY
EM12 /22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3;34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 ’ GREY
EM14 ‘12-W*,’ MULTlLOCK 47: WHITE
EM15 I 22 WAY MULTILOCK 47: WHITE
Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E JZ I GREY
EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL J2- 1 BL*CK
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
EM21 i I-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23 !4~W*Y SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY
P135,5-WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
Pi26, Z~WAY ECONOSEN 111 LC , BLACK
~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
P135 i 5.WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
EM22,2-W*Y SVMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EMZ~ i Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 /I i GREY
CC,, / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142,i~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
P133, ?-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
P,6,4-WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK
EM57,2-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 DC/ BLUE
EM58 / *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC i BROWN
EM59, ?~WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK
P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location / Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
UNDER VEHICLE, RH REAR
ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT, ‘8’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK .‘TR”NK CARPET
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT 1 BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT: BRACKET 0N Top m TRANSMIWON
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘i\’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
Bt
Bt
B-
B-
GROUND
GROUND
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS i ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
ST4
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LS3
PI1
Pi2
Type / Color
CONNECTORS
54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
12.WAY dUGAT 1.6, BLACK
WWAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
54 WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
WWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BL*CK
57.WAY S”MlTOM0 TSO90, BLACK
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 ic,
BLPiCK
Location
/ Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK i REAR BULKHEAD/ RH SIDE
LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO A’& PVMP
PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘& POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
BT
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMBL EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMIGL EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM1GR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM?, EYELET (SINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY
lGNlTlON SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
EATERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE WATCH
SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS
SERIAL COMM”NlcAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFiRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED REL*.Y ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS! ECTS ,TPS! MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION i
PEDAL POSlTiON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION :
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PED*L POSlTlON, TPS,
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPs FEEDB*cK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS ,TPS, MECH*NIC*L GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON
F”ELT*NK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS SHlELD
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITON FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK H02S
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S, HOZS COMMON SHIELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACTl”ATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 *CT,“ATE
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 *CT,“ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SlGNAL
CMPS i CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
Active
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (P, N)
GROUND
ENCODED
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
5”
i*PPLlEDi
COMM”NlCATlONS
,CRANKING,
0.41 ” @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG WITH TEMPERATURE,
0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT
GROUND
0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 ” = WOT
GROUND
0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
0.5 ” = IDE; 4.75 ” = WOT
0.98” @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1.2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM lNCREASE
0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE ,SWlNG,
0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE iSWlNG,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5 Hz @ lDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
B*
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
5”
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bi
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.2~
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSiTION SENSOR
ECM AND KM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EvAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A
HOE: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR B
IATS: lNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS: KNOCK SENSOR - ‘N BANK
KS- KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK
MAFS. MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTiiE
MOTOR
THRO”LE POSlTlON SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3
VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK
RELAYS
Connector
/ Type / Color
CC40,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI,,, 2.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ HC, BLACK
Pi15 t Z-WAY ECONOSEAL ,/I HC, BLACK
EM66, ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE
EMlO,28-WAYM”LTlLOCK040iGREY
EM,, ,,B~WAY MULTILOCK /GREY
EM12,22~WAY MULTlLOCK040:GREY
EM13,WWAY M”LTlLOCK04WGREY
EM14;,2~WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHITE
EMIS,ZZ~WAY MULTILOCK 47 {WHITE
PI4 I P-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY
EM39 II 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2+, BLACK
EM21,4-WAY SUMiTOMO 90 ,I, GREY
EM23, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY
P135,5-WAY Y*z*KI 92, BLACK
PI26 i Z-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK
PI27 /?-WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK
PI%, 5~WBY Y*Z*KI 92, BLACK
CC,, , Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
PIS, 4-WAY SUMITOMO TSX , BLACK
Er.457, Z-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EM%, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC! BROWN
EM59, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER, BLACK
PM, 2.WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
/ Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE,
REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD. REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE “EE I UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT I ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, B”LKHE*.D
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘X BANK CYLlNDER HEW, FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HE*D, FRONT
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
BT4
CA19
EM?
EM2
EM3
EM53
FCI
LS3
PII
P12
GROUNDS
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK
13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Ground Location / Type
EMlL EYELET (PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMIGI EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM,GR EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
Location
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘2’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘X POST FlNlSHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘PI’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HO2S HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOE HEATER GROUND
E”AP VALVE *CTI”*TE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’X BANK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROVND ,“AL”E OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
B+
Bt
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START-ENCODED COMM”N~C*TIONS
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWlTCH
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ME, ECTS ,TPS: MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROVND
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON I PEDAL POSlTlON,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROVND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN
NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS,
FVEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
lATS/ ECTS ITPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON , PEDAL POSlTlON
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GVARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHlELD
PEDAL POSITtON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
Active
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B- IP. NJ
GROUND
ENCODED
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
5”
,APPLlEDi
COMMUNlCATlONS
(CRANKINGI
0.41 V @ 195°F iDECREAS,NG WITH TEMPERATUREi
0 5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 v = WOT
0.5 v = IDLE, 4.75 v = WOT
GROUND
05”=IDLE,475”=WOT
GROVND
0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
OS”=IDLE,475”=WOT
Inactive
0”
B+
Bt
BA
B-
GROUND
B+
GROUND
5”
GROVND
GROUND
8;
B-
5”
GROUND
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.21
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ECMANDTCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
~02s HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B
,*TS INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘K BANK
KS: KNOCK SENSOR -‘B’ BANK
MAFS’ MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKiNG BRAKE SWiTCH
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE - 2
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE 3
RELAYS
Connector / Type / Color
cc40, &WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI17 I %W*Y ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
P115, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM66: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
EMlO II ?E~WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREY
EM, 1 , 1B~WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM12 IZ2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34 WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14 I ,Z~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
EM15,22-W*Y MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
PI4 i 2~WAY ECONOSEAL
E J2 i GREY
EM39, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL J21 i BLACK
EM21 ! h-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23 1 I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
P135, B-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
Pl26,2-WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P,27,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Pi%, 5.WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
CC,, , Z~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, Z~WAYTWlN CLIP, BLACK
P16: 4.WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK
EMS,, 2-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EMS: 2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EM%! Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
Location
/ Access
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE,REAROFBEDPL*TE
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTi REAR OF ENGlNE TOP HOSE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMP*RTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLEASSEMBLY
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
OZS, HOE COMMON SHlELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTlVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE
“ACVUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 *CTl”ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER REL*IY *CT,“*TE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGN*L
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
0 98” @ 1O’C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1.2 “Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 -0 9 ” @ KXE ,SWING1
0 1 -0 9 ” Q IDLE ,SWlNGi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK
5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5 Hi @ IDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: *oclo RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
BT4
WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
CA19
?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
EM1
1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
EM2
EM3
EM53
20.WAY
,l~WAY
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
070, GREY
070,WHITE
070,WHITE
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
LS3
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
PI,
5%WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
PI2
II-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
Location / Access
BELOWPAIRCELSHELF,TR”NKiREARB”LKHEAD,RHSlDE
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,*DJACENTTO*BSP”MP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON TOP OF TR*NSMISSION
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER WPPLY
B+
BT
B-
GROUND
BI
B,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
EM%
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM1GL
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMIGR
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17
EYELET iS,NGLEi - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘& BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
E”*P VALVE ACTIVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENO, ‘4’ BANK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage
KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
‘7 Pin Description
I cc*&, COMPRESSORCLUTCHSTAT”s
0 cc30-1 AIR CDNDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SiGNAL
I cc31-7 LOAD INHIBIT
0 CC31~9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWlTCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3 Pin Description
0 EM10-2 NCCM LOAD INHIBIT
I EM,&3 NCCM ELECTRICAL LOAD SlGNAL
I EM10-4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
1 EMlO-,, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUES,
I EMlL, CRUISE CONTROL SET +,-
I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL
REWEST
I EMII~S CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME
I EM12-5 l WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EMIZ-B 4WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCHIGH PRESSURE
I EM,*-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEDBACK
I EM,*-9 IGNITION MODULEl SWITCHING FEEDBACK
0 EM1Z-10 AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Active
B+ iON1
Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND
SERIES iLOW SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND
PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWiTCHiNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE
lGNlTlON MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 HZ Q IDLE
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘28’ ACTi”ATE GROVND
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTl”ATE GROVND
INJECTOR ‘1A’ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘3&ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘2A’ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘1B’ACTl”ATE GROUND
WPPLIEDI
7.3” = it), 8.8 ” = ,-I
B+
7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
Inactive
0”
Bt
0”
B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGEI
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
E+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
B+
B+
B+
BT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, A,C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SlDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CCZ9,16-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC30,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC31, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC.40, d-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON ! OFF SWITCH CC20 , ,O~WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUlSE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3,3-WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FVEL INJECTOR-
FUELINJECTOR-1B
FUEL INJECTOR
1A
2A
FUEL INJECTOR - 28
FUEL INJECTOR-W
FUELINJECTOR-3B
FUEL INJECTOR-W
FUEL INJECTOR - 48
FUEL PUMP
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
EMiO, 28~‘A’AY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,?, 16.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM12, ‘Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13 I34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EMl4.i 12.WAYMULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15 i 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
PI,, 2.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK
P,,, ,1-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P,B, g-WA’, AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P1,2,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTIMER,BLACK
P19,Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK
P113, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P,,O, 2.WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNlOR
POWERTIMER,BLACK
BT9, a-WAY SUMITOMO DL90, NATURAL
BTlO , ,&WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BT, 1 , 10.WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTll, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U T.A WSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAlL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iNTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RA,iL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
,GNlTlON COIL- ,A ,718, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
,GNlTlON COIL- IB P122, Z~WAY YAZAKl 90 , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
!GNITION COIL-Z4 P,,9, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlTlON COIL - 28 P123,2-WAY YAZAK! 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL-% P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL - 38 P,24,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL-4A P12, ,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COlL - 48 P,Z, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM27, ,2-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,,2-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS3, /B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN - LH CFI , P-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
RADlATOR FAN - RH CF2,2-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BELOW RH FAN
REFRlGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS2, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#4,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
IGNiTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CARPET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE
EM, 7%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM3 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 S&WA’, THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKl, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSlON ARM
Pi, S%WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY ST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC)
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
8120 EYELET (SINGLE) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSlOL EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20L EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘;;I pin Description Active
0 EM12-1
0 EM,Z-2
0 EMIZ-18
0 EM12-19
SG EM,&22
0 EM15-7
0 EM152
0 EM153
1 EM15-,I
I EM15~12
I EMiS-22
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OKTO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWiTCH
SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE SWTCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS / ECTS i TPS! MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION /PEDAL POSITION 1
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS,
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS ,TPS / MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S,’ WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘52’WlNDlNG SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WlNDlNG SUPPlY
EGH STEPPER MOTOR ‘54’ WlNDlNG SUPPLY
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘8’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘X BANK H02S
DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025
DOWNSTREAM ‘A’ BANK 02s
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
025, HOZS COMMON SHIELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE #3ACTlVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTlVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘N BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SVPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘R BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTlVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Bt
Bt
GROUND
GROUND ,APPLlEDi
Bt iP, NI
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
5V
GROUND
B+
GROUND lCRANK,NG)
4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
5”
0.41 V @ IBYF (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.71 V i WOT
0.5” = IDLE. 4 75 V = WOT
GROUND
0 5” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE
t 2” Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
0.1 0.9 V @ IDLE WANGi
0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE W,VING~
0 1 - 0.9 V @ lDLE WWNG)
0.1 - 0.9 V @ IDLE WWNG,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
GROUND
5 v @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz, moo RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
B+
B+
SC
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
B+
BT
GROUND
B-
GROUND
SV
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
sv
GROUND
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.2
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
EGR”
EGR VALVE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS’ ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP E”AP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR
H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM) -A
H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IUPSTREAM) B
IATS: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
IATS 2 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS. KNOCK SENSOR - ‘X’ BANK
KS KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK
MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
025: OXYGEN SENSOR IDOWNSTREAM) -A
02S: OXYGEN SENSOR iDOWNSTREAMi B
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THRO”LE
MOTOR
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2
B+
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE -3
B+
B+
B-
RELAYS
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B,
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Connector
/ Type / Color
CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
cv1, P-WAY YAZAKl90 /BLACK
PI17 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC! BLACK
PI15 ,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM66 ,ZWAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Pi34: 6.WAY S”MlTOM0 92, GREY
EMlO ! 28.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,, :,S-WAYMULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12, ZZ-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13, %-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 47 i WHlTE
EMIS, ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47 I WHITE
P14,Z~WAYECONOSEALEJ2,GREY
EM39 i 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J-2+, BLACK
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FPI i 3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
EM21 ! I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23, I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
P135, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
PIX,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK
PI%, S-WAY YAZAKI 921 BLACK
EM22,2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM24, *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
CC??, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK
PI@, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133,l~WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
PIS, b-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK
EMS,, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EMSB, P~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EMS, P-WAY YALAKI 90, GREY
Location
/ Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY
UNDER VEHICLE: RH REAR
ENGlNE
i REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REAR 0FTHRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
CARPET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM@, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
BT4
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FCI
LS3
PI,
PI2
GROUNDS
Type / Color
CONNECTORS
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
SCWAYTHROUGH
PANELCONNECTOR,BLACK
57.WAY SUMiTOMO TS090, BLACK
13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Ground Location / Type
EMBL
EMIGL
EM,GR
EM17
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET ISINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
Location
I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
COMPAF(TMENT,ADJACENTTOABSPUMP
PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I) Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS, ECTS! TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION ,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS,
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SI’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SZ’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘53’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SC WlNDlNG SUPPLY
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK
lATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S,HOZS COMMON SHIELD
KM PROGRAMMlNG
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘X BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
Active
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+ IP, N)
GROUND
ENCODED
GROUND
sv
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
5V
(APPLIED1
COMMUNICATIONS
ICRANKING)
0.4, V @ 195°F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1
0 5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE: 4 75” = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 - 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWiNG
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5 v Q ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5Hr@lDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM _ 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUND
Inactive
Cl”
B+
B-
B+
B+
GROUND
Bc
GROUND
SV
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
5v
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.21
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSiTiON SENSOR
ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-A
H02S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B
IATS. iNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
,ATS 2: ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘A’ BANK
KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK
MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSlTiON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTLE
MOTOR
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - i
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE 3
RELAYS
CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI,, , Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK
EM66 I Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
EMlO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,, , ,G-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14, ,l~WAY MULTlLOCK47:WHITE
EM15,22~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
P14 i I-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY
EM39, P~WAY ECONOSEAL J2-, BLACK
EM21 I I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II 1 GREY
EM2-3, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II ! GREY
~135,5~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK
P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P,35,5WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
CC1 1 , I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, b-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, Z-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
P16, a-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK
EM57,2-WAYSUMITOMO
90 DC,BLUE
EM58, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EMS, Z-WAY YAZAK, 90, GREY
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE
I REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT f CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘K BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE VEE, UNDER iNTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENtiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
THRO”iE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM.49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LS3
PI,
Pi2
GROUNDS
20.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
12~WAY AUGAT
1 6, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
SWAY SUMiTOMO TS090 i BLACK
,&WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘%’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
THROTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
,GNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
Bt
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BL
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘K BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description
I CC28~1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 CC30~1 AIR CONDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
1 cc31-7 LOAD lNHlB,T
0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
/ CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
0 EM,&2 *:cml LOAD INHIBIT
I EM,O-3 A/KM ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
1 EM10-4 */cm COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
I EM,&1, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUEST
I EM,,-, CRVISE CONTROL SET +,-
I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL
REOUEST
I EM,,-5 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME
/ EP.412.5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCHIGH PRESSURE
I EM12-6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EMi2-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING FEEDBACK
I Er.012.9 IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING FEEDBACK
0 EM12~10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
FUEL PUMP
RELAY ACT,“ATE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED
FUEL PUMP
RELAYACTlVATE
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAYACTlVATE
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
PARALLEL ,HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE
IGNITION
COIL RELAY ACTIVATE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SfllTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNiTlON MODULE 1 WATCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING
lGNlilON MODVLE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
‘38’ ACTIVATE
‘2B’ ACTIVATE
‘4A’ ACTIVATE
‘1W ACTIVATE
‘48’ ACT,“ATE
‘3A’ ACTlVATE
‘2.4’ ACTlVATE
‘1B’ ACT,“ATE
Active
B+ (ON,
Inactive
0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Connector
/ Type / Color
P136, VWAY SUMlTOP.40 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/WC COMPRESSOR
B- 0” AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE
CC28, ZB-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CCE! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
ccx, 12.WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
0”
B+
Cl”12-30BARi
Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
IAPPLIED)
7 3 ” = RESUME, 8 8” = CANCEL B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BT
0”
B+ ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE,
Inactive
BA
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B-
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCHES
CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES iSTEERiNG WHEELi
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FUEL INJECTOR - 1A
FUEL INJECTOR 1B
FUEL INJECTOR - *A
FUEL INJECTOR - 28
F”ELINJECT0R-U
FUEL INJECTOR - 38
FUEL INJECTOR -4A
FUEL INJECTOR - 48
FUEL PUMPS
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
IGNITION COIL- 1.A
IGNITION COIL- 1B
IGNlilON
IGNlTlON
IGNlTlON
IGNITION
IGNlTlON
COIL-N
COIL-2B
COIL-U
COIL-3B
COIL-W
IGNITION COIL-G
IGNlTlON MODULE - 1
IGNITION MODULE - 2
INTERCOOLER
PVMP
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR
RADIATOR
FAN - LH
FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
RELAYS
CC40, 4.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
CCX, 10.WAY AMP MlCRO 0”AD LOCK 1 NATURAL
SW3,3~WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE
IJ3,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTlMERiBLACK
IJ7, Z-WAY AMP .,“NlOR POWER TiMER, BLACK
IJ4,Pv’dAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK
I,8 i 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJ5,NVAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJ9,2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJS,Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR
POWERTlMER,BLACK
IJ10,%WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT9, l-WAY SUMlTOMO DL90, NATURAL
BTIO, IO-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BTll , IO-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX i BLACK
BT,? , IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT10,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX,BL”E
BT64, EYELET
P118,2-WAY YMAKI 90, BLACK
PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
Pm, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
Pm, 2~WAY YAZAK, SO, BLACK
P121 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK
EMZ,, 12.WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK
EM29,12-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK
1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK
LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK
CF, , P-WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
CE, l~!NAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
LS26, G~WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK
Location
/ Access
ADJACENTTOTHE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! INTAKE MANIFOLD
TOP OF F”ELTANK,TR”NKCARPET
TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRlER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10 RH CRUSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH CRVSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 BROWN BUS RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE BOX/TRUNK
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 BROWN BUS RELAYiM.TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLUE EM.41, BLUE CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
EM51 IZ-WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR
IJ, B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
IJ2 B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
LS32 I-WAY YALAK,, GREY
PI1 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK
PI2 IB~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
SC3 12.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY
SW, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040: BLACK
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE
Location
/ Access
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR
B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
PUMP
, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGENE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC)
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type Ground
BT20 EYELET iSINGLE -TRUNK, 8H REAR GROUND STUD LSlOL
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROVND STVD LSlOR
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD LS2OL
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD LSZIR
FC,?R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
Location
/ Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
v Pin Description
I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK
c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK
I cc14-6 GROUND
c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK
c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
Description
PRESSURE REGULaTOR 112
SPORT MODE SWTCH ST*T”S LED
PRESSURE REGULATOR #4
PRESSURE REGULATOR #1
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWITCH ‘LU CONTACTS
SPORT MODE SWlTCH STRATEGY SELECT
D - 4 SWITCH
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHlELD
OUTPUT
KlCKDOWN
SPEED SENSOR
SWITCH
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHlELD
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
ROTARY / D - 4, KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND
PRESSURE REGULATOR #3
SOLENOD VALVE #,
SOLENOID VALVE 83
SOLENOID VALVE #2
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L,’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWTCH x3 CONTACTS
TURBINE
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR
SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT
PRESSURE REGULATOR #5
SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY
PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY
IGNITZON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN
CAN
NETWORK
NETWORK
Active
GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE1
GROUND = LED ON
GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSURE1
GROUND iMAXlM”M PRESSUREi
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND = SPORT
GROUND
300 HZ Q IDLE (2.5 “I
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
1.31 ”
1.15”@9O”C
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSUREi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
1.51 ” @ 10 MPH 116 KM,H1= 250 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 500 HZ
7 51 ” @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM,Hi = 223 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KM,H) = 446 Hz
,O”=SPORT
GROUND ,MAXlM”M PRESSURE)
B+
B+
Bi
B+
151500HZ
15-1500Hz
15515OOHz
1551500Hz
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+ (NO PRESSUREi
B+
St iN0
PRESSURE)
SC iNO PRESSURE,
GROUND
GROVND
GROVND
9 ” = NORMAL
s+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
St ,NO PRESSURE)
B*
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
= NORMAL
B+ iNO PRESSURE,
St
St
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector / Type I Color
D - 4 SWITCH
CC7,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
0214, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE
KICKDOWN SWITCH
CC18,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK
MODE SWITCH CTRANSMISSION,
cm, ,O~WAY AMP MICRO WAD LOCK, BLACK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJPS N,A
EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK
TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRlCAL CONNECTOR. AJZG WA
EM461 16.WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH
EM47, IO-WAY METRI-PACK 150, BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
Location / Access
EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAiR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
Location / Access
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
v Pin Description
I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK
c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK
I CC14~6 GROUND
c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK
c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
V
0
0
0
Pin
Description
SERIAL
KICKDOWN
COMMUNICATIONS
SWITCH
SPORT MODE SWITCH
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGMTION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON
IGNITION SLiPPLIED VOLTAGE
TCM i DUAL LINEAR WATCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
“2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
‘1-2, 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
‘2-Y SOLENOID ACTIVATE
TCC SOLENOID
ACTIVATE
SPEED SENSOR /FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK
n3 SPEED SENSOR
FEEDBACK
MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACT,“ATE
SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE
SOLENOID VALVE/ PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SVPPLY
Inactive
GROUND
Active
Inactive
GROUND j= WOT,
B+ C< WOT,
0 V = SPORT, 0 V = NORMAL
GROUND = R. D. 4.3
B+ = P, N, 2
GROUND = N, D. 4.2
BA = P, R, 3
GROUND = N, 4,s. 2 t?“=R,D
6, = P
GROUND = P, D. 3.2
BIZR.N.4
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
6” = 900 HZ Q 10 MPH it6 KPHI, ,800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KHI 1’2’ SELECTED ‘1’ ENGAGED)
5”
GROUND B+
GROUND B+
GROUND B+
GROUND = LOCKED B- = UNLOCKED
GROUND
GROUND
1.75v @ 90” c = R, D, 4. 3.2 5”=P,N
6” = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPHI; 170 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KPH, (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)
GROUND ( 42% PWM @ lDLE, B+
GROUND t 39% PWM 0 lDLEi B+
Bi
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
KlCKDOWN
WATCH
MODE SWITCH iTRANSMlSS,ONi
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
Connector
/ Type / Color
CR?, 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
CC14, ,O~WAY MULTILOCK 070 l WHlTE
CC18, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK
CC4 1 l&WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK i BLACK
EMS,, lB~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK
EMU, ll~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK
Location
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR AJ26 SC GBI : 12.WAY KOSTAL 1.5, BLACK TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
EM44
EM53
EM63
GROUNDS
,Z-WA’, AUGAT I.61 BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK
Ground Location I Type
CCZR
CC3L
CCBR
EMBR
070 iYELLOW
EYELET (PAIRI - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET iPA,R, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
I Access
RlGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR 1 CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description
Active
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH
C EMIO~Z7 CAN NETWORK
C EM,@28 CAN NETWORK
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND
GROUND
GEYRSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTl”ATE
B+ iUNLOCKED
COLUMN WATCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOlD ACT,“ATE
B+ (LOCKED,
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATTUS
GROUND IPARK)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
B+
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
* - 1600 HZ
2- 1600 HZ
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
B+
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
V Pin Description Active
C cc14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 v
C CC14A CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 ”
C cc14-8 CAN NErWORK 16-1500Hz@2.6”
C CCi4-9 CAN NETWORK 16-150clHz@2.6”
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
s FCZ4-20 SCP NETWORK 2 ,600 Hz
C FCZ4~24 CAN NEWORK 15-1500Hz
C FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK 1%1500Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
BT
GROUND LOCKED,
GROUND
(UNLOCKED1
B+ (NOT IN PARK)
B+
B-
Inactive
B-
Inactive
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
BRAKE
SWITCH
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GEM SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
GEARSHIFT !NTERLOCK SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT
PACK
KEYLOCK SOLENOlD iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CA19
EM1
EM2
FC7
FCI 1
LS3
SC1
GROUNDS
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
P@WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
12.WAY *“G*T 1 5, BLACK
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IB-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHiTE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
12.WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Connector
FC15,14~W*YAMP
I Type I Color
EEEC,GREY
CC40,l~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
E,,,,O,ZB-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM,, , ,&WAY MULTlLOCK OlOIGREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK MC, GREY
EMII, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
EMIS, 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
CC14,10-WAb’ MULTlLOCK
CC12;?-WAYM”LTlLOCK070,WHITE
070,WHlTE
FC24,4WVAYAMPMOD”LE
PCBSIGNAL!BLACK
FC25i24-WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL/BLACK
X5, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC13 / B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
Location
/ Access
Location
I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMP*\RTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY/CENTER CONSOLE
FASCIA
COLUMN
LH ‘A’ ~0s~ CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i LOWER ‘x POST FiNisHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TR*Y
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
COLUMN
Ground Location I Type
CUR EYELET (P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
CCJL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
SWlTCHGEAR
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
SWITCHGE*R
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS I TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
Active
0 LS27~1
BRAKE FLUlD RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE
B+
I LSZ7-2
BRAKE SWITCH
GROUND
I LS27-3
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2.5 “@ 10 MPH (26 KM/HI = 100 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ
SG LS27~4
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ REST
C LS27-5
CAN NETWORK
16-1500 Hz
SG LSZ7-6
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
25”@ REST
I LS27-7
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2.5” @ 10 MPH Cl6 KM,Hi = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hi = 200 Hz
I LS27-8
POWER GROUND
GROUND
LSZ7-9
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
B+
I LSZ7-13
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH
GROUND
I 1527~14
STABILIT”, TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
GROUND ~MOMENTAIRW
c LS27-l5
CAN NETWORK
15 1500 HZ
0 LS27~16
STABILITY /TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED
GROUND
, LS27-17
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ 10 MPH (16 KM,H, = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ
SG LS27-18
LSZ7-19
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
NOT USED
2.5 ” @ REST
I LS27-20
lGNlTlON WATCHED SUPPLY
B+
I LS27-21
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2 6 v @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI = 100 Hr. 20 MPH 132 KM/Hi = 200 HZ
SG LS27-22
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ REST
I LS27-24
POWER GROUND
GROUND
I LS27-25
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B-
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
ABS ,TRACTlON CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
BRAKE
SWITCH
STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK1
LS27, ?-WAY AMP, FORD, BLACK
EM37,2~WAY AMP J”NiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
X40, b-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOiR
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH FRONT FL,, Z~WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH REAR LA?, ?-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK REAR AXLE, LH WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH FRONT FR, ,2-WAY REiNSHAGEN METRl 630; BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH REAR RN, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METRI 530, BLACK REAR AXLE, RH WHEEL HUB
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CA9
CA19
CA.29
EM1
EM51
LS1
LS2
LS3
CONNECTORS
Type I Color Location I Access
6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IPNAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
12.WAYAUGAT
I.S,GREY
2.WAY AUGAT 1.6, NATURAL
2.WAY AUGAT 1 6, NATURAL
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOABS PUMP
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
BELOW CHASSlS RAIL, RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
ccx EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/ CABIN SIDE
LS291 EYELET IPAIR - ABS GROUND STUD
LS29R EYELET (PAIRI - ABS GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description Active
0 CCZB-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CC28~7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CUB-8 LH FRESH, REClRCULATiON VENT MOTOR *+
0 CCZB-9 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+
0 CCZB~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CUB-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B-
0 CC2B~20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-*, !.H FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CCZB-22 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR *+
0 CCZB-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+
Inactive
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0"
0”
0”
0”
0"
0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDITIONING cor4Tf7oL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
AIR INTAKE - LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE - RH BLOWER
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR, HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
SOLAR SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CCZS, 76.WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC30, ,Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC31,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC*,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC32, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRiD , GREEN
CC%, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN
LS16, Z-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
FC40,4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CC34, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC52,2-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
FCU! 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CENTER
CONSOLE
LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
RH SlDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR, BUMPER UNDER TRAY
DRIVER
SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
LH SIDE OFTRANSMISSIONTUNNEL, LH DASH LINER
WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT
FASCIA
- CENTER
0
0
D
0
0
0
0
0
D
SOLAR sENsot7 FEEDBACK
CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
LH FRESH 1 REClRc”LATl0N VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
CLOCK
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATVRE SENSOR FEEDBACK
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
START
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
CONTROL PANEL BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT
CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY
ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
GROUND
SERiAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
0.75” - 4.75 V; INCREASING WlTH SOLAR LOAD
> 3.5 V = OPEN
> 3.5” = OPEN
>3.5”=OPEN
2.5 ” @ 90” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
> 3.5” = OPEN
> 3.6” = OPEN
> 3.5” = OPEN
2.18” @ 2Y C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
2.25” @ 20-C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
3.25” @ 0” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
3.25” @ 0’ C: DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
B+
B+
0”
B+
B+
5 ” @ ,000 RPM = 45 HZ: 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
6”
B+
0”
0”
B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/H) @ Bt
Bt
0”
0”
c 1 ” = CLOSED
< 1” = CLOSED
c 1” = CLOSED
< 1 ” = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED
< 1 ” = CLOSED
0”
0”
0”
Bt
0”
Bt
5”
*+
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
AIR CONDiTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA79
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘R POST FlNlSHER
CA20
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
FC7
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ABOVE DlMMERMOD”LE,COlNTRAY
FCI 1
IB-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
CA3lL
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CCSR
EYELET!P*IR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC29L
EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABlN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
v Pin Description
I CC27~1 CLOCK
I cc*,-*
START
D cc*,-3
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A,C CONTROL MODULE
D CCZ7~4
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
I cc*,-5
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
I cc*,-6
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
I cc*,-7
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY
I cc*,-*
LOCATE lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY
I cc*,-9
DIMMER OVERRIDE REOVEST
Active
Inactive
B+ (1.45 KHz, B+
B+ GROUND
B+ GROUND
Bt B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+ GROUND
GROUND B+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
D Pin
I cm-1
0 CC28-2
0 cc**-3
0 CC%4
0 K-28-5
0 CC%16
0 CC28~17
0 cc**-18
Description
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
HEATER VALVE ACTl”E
RH BLOWER MOTORELAYACTlVE
LH / RH WlNDSHlELD HEATERELAYS ACT,
DOOR MIRROR HEATERELAY ACTIVATE
LH BLOWER MOTORELAYACTlVATE
HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE
ccm7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
0 cc*%8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE S,GNAL
I cc29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
0 029~16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL
0 cmo-1 *m CONDlTlONiNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNA,
I cm-7 LOAD ,NHlBlT
0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4WAY PRESSURE SWTCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
n Pin Description
0 EM,&2 AICCM LOAD lNHlB,T
I EM10-3 A/cm ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
I EM,&4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
I EM,Z-5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EM12~6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
0 EM,?-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
0 EM1315 SERlES ,LOW SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
0 EM13-16 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
Active
B+ iON1
B+
0”
0”
0”
B-
0”
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
B-
Es+
*+
0”
BL
B-
7 6 ” = LOW SPEED 083” = HIGH SPEED
13 ” = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
7.6 ” = LOW SPEED 083”=HlGHSPEED
1.3 v = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
B- 0”
Active
GROUND
*+
BA
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
@ 20 BAR ,290 PSli
@ 12 BAR ,174 PSli
B+
0”
BL (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Connector / Type / Color
P,36! ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 ATYPE, BLACK
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CC28 /26-W*” MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CCX, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 471 GREY
cc31 ,22-W*” MULTILOCK 471 GREY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL cc27: 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiA,C COMPRESSOR
BLOWER MOTOR - LH CCBZ ,i~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 HYBRID/ GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR - RH CC33 i 15WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
OOOR MIRROR DRIVER DD8 / 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER PD8, IP-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLACK PASSENGER DOOR
RH SiDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL! GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, **-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ! IS-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM12 i22-WAY MULTILOCK 040! GREY
EM,3,34-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY
EMili 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47,WHiTE
EM15,22-WAY M”LTILOCK47 OVHITE
FUSE BOX- ENGINE COMPARTMENT LSS, ,O-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX, NATVRAL
LS6,10-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLACK
LS7, 10.WAY ” LA FUSE BOX, GREEN
158 / 1%WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
FUSE BOX TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICN CARRIER
BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE SOX, BLACK
8112,10-WAY “.TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
Ems, 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST&t, EYELET
HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
IC18, LUCAR
HEATER
PUMP
HEATERVALVE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADlATOR
RADlATOR
FAN - LH
FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT 4~WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - LH
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - RH
EKE, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK
EM40, P~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, WHiTE
LS31 ,*-WAY TRW, BLACK
WI 1 Z~WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
CF2, PNAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC , BLACK
SH4, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY
SK, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY
INSIDE ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST UPPER -iRIM
BEHlND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHAND REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO LH CRUSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
RELAYS
Relay
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY
HEATED BACKLlGHT RELAY (%?I
HEATER PUMP RELAY Wli
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH
Case Color
BROWN
BLUE
BLUE
BLVE
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
Connector / Color
EMZS, BROWN
CA%, BLUE
C.458, BLUE
CA18, BLUE
BUS
BUS
SK, BLACK
SH3, BLACK
Location I Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE BOX,TR”NK
RELAYit’?, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENl
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
ST4
CA10
CA12
CA19
CNO
EM1
EM42
EM51
EM53
LS3
LS32
PI,
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
8.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
2GWAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
,l~WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY
,Z-WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY
PO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE
S&WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
4.WAY YAZAKI , GREY
57.WAY SUMITOMO TSOW, BLACK
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELFITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
BULKHEAD/REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
LH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
0 output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
U Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
GROUNDS
Ground
CA30R
CA33R
ccx
EM8R
EMllL
EM18R
IC6
Location
I Type
EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘t’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PA,R, - DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET iPAiR EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND ST”0
EYELET (SINGLE)-TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSIOL EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
KalL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT
PACK
Description
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
ADAPTIVE DAMPENINGWARN~NG
TRIP CYCLE
‘A/B TRIP SELECT
‘ML/KM’ SELECT
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY
GROUND REFERENCE
‘CLEAR’sELECT
‘000’ SELECT
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ENGINE SPEED
Active
GROUND
s+
GROUND
GROUND iMOMENTARYi
GROUND iMOMENTARY,
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI
2 1500 Hi
2 - ,600 Hz
15515mHz
IS- 1500 HZ
B+
GROUND
E%
GROUND
GROUND WOMENTAW
GROUYD ,MOMENTARYi
1% 1500 HZ
1551500Hr
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
t?+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
ANALOG
COOLANT
CLOCK
LEVEL SWITCH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
,NSTR”MENT
OIL PRESSURE
PACK
SWITCH
TRlP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK
TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
I Type I Color
FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK
EM%, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN
8714, LUCAR - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
BT15, L”CA\R - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
FCZI, 48.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
P140, VWAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 I BLACK
FC27 i IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK
SC2: IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK: REAR BULKHEAD! RH SIDE
EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST I LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E BOX ASSEMBLY
PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO TS090, SLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
Location
CENTER
AIR VENT
I Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUELTANK SENDER UNIT/TRUNK CARPET
FASClA
ENGINE BLACK, BELOW GENERATOR
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS:
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED - A,CCM
VEHICLE SPEED - PAS
“EHlCLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
FUEL LEVEL GAVGE FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND
AlRBAG MIL
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING
VEHICLE SPEED
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCZ(IR EYELET ,PAlR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CHARGE WARNlNG
LOW COOLANT WARNING
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage
KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
77 Pin Description
SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT
BELT SWATCH STATUS
IGNITION S’WTCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER
SCP NETWORK
SW
BATTERY
NETWORK
SUPPLYVOLTAGE
Active
ENCODED
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
AUDIO
AUDIO
COMMUNlCATlONS
(UNFASTENED)
(CRANKING)
OUTPUT
O”TP”T
2- ,600 HZ
2- 1500 HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
B-
Inactive
B+
B+ iFASTENED
B+
B+
Br
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ,COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC? i 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070/WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT BELT SWITCH SPvWD, Z~WAY MULTILOCK 070, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA23 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SiDE AIR VENT i COIN TRAY
SC1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground
CA25R
CA2SR
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
‘v Pin Description
0 FC,S-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY
0 FCI 5~3 RH FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15~14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC1516 SIDE LAMP REQUEST
0 FC,S-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST
I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST
I FClS 41 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
I FCIS-42 HEADLAMP DIP REWEST
0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
0 FC,S-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST
I x15-61 RH DI REQUEST
0 FC15~68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-79 BAITER” SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1 FC15~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
s FC, S-84 SCP NETWORK
S FCIS-85 SCP NETWORK
I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST
0 FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS
INSTRUMENT
PACK
Active
BA
B- (PULSED)
B+ iPULSED,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
!3+
2-lmoHz
2 - 1600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND
TJ Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK *-1600H2
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK *-1600HZ
(MOMENTARYI
(CRANKING,
(MOMENTARY)
iMOMENTARY
iPULSE
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
B-
B+
Bt
B-
B+
BA
GROUND
B-
Bt
Bc
B-
Bt
B+
Bt
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP- LH FRONT
DlRECTiON ,NDlCATOR LAMP - RH FRONT
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FOG LAMP- LH FRONT
FOG LAMP- RH FRONT
LAMP UNIT-L” FRONT
LAMP UNIT- RH FRONT
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
,NSTRUMENT PACK
LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SlDE MARKER - LH FRONT
SlDE MARKER - RH FRONT
RELAYS
Relay
DIP BEAM RELAY
FRONT FOG RELAY
MAlN BEAM RELAY
Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
FC,5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
BL2, ?~WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
BRZ,P-WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
FC3, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BL~,~~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280, GREY
BRA, Z-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280 / GREY
1538, W’v’AY AUGAT 1 .B! BLACK
LS40! BYWAY AUGAT 1.6 : BLACK
LS5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 NATURAL
LS6 I 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX! BLACK
is,, ,O~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
LS8,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
FC24, .WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
BL5/2-WAY REINSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK
BR5, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
Case Color
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
Connector
BUS
BUS
BUS
I Color
Location
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FRONT BUMPER - LH SlDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
FASC,A, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FRONT BUMPER - LH SiDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS i
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
/ Access
RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #2. ENGiNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
I-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
l-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
ADJACENT TO BO”OM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
X-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL
EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
CCBR
EYELET ,PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
FC17L
EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC,?R
EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSI8L
EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS1SR
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MU Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
0 Pin Description
0 FCIS-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-2 l.H FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-3 RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MNNBEAM REOUEST
1 FCIS-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST
0 FC15-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE
0 FC15~27 LH SIDE Di REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY ,ROW ONLY1
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST
I FCi5-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REOUEST
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REWEST
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST
0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAYACTIVATE
0 FC15-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
I FC1549 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST
I FC15-61 RH DI REOUEST
0 FC15-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-79 BArrERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
0 FC15-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY)
s FC15~84 SCP NETWORK
s FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST
0 FCli-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS
INSTRUMENT
PACK
Active
Bi
B+ IPULSED)
B+ (PULSED1
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B- (PULSEDI
GROUND ,MOMENTARY~
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKINGI
GROUND IMOMENTARY~
GROUND
B+
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Bt
BL iP”LSEDi
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND IPULSE,
‘;7 Pin Description Active
s FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- 1soo HZ
s FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
Bc
BT
B+
GROUND
BT
B+
Bt
BA
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
*+
Bc
B+
GROUND
B+
Bt
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color
Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC,5,14-WAY AMP EEECiGREY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlRECTlON lND,CATOR LAMP- LH FRONT
DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
FOG LAMP
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
LH FRONT
- RH FRONT
FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH
FRONT LAMP UNIT- RH
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
,NSTRUMENT
PACK
COMPARTMENT
UGHTING STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SiDE D, REPEATER
S,DE DI REPEATER
RELAYS
- LH
RH
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC s u., BLACK
BE IZWAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK
BRZ, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
FC3,10-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BL4,l~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280, GREY
BR~,~-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280 ,GREY
LS38, B-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK
~9.0, B-WAY AUGAT 1.6 i BLACK
LS5,,0-WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
LS6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
67, ,&WAY U T.A FUSE BOX, GREEN
LSB , l&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
STiS, EYELET
FCZ4, &-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZS,Z4-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
LS17, S-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK
CA80 ,2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
BULKHEAD I BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FRONT BUMPER - LH SDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
FASW,, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #S, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2. ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY $0, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BL1 I-WAYAUGAT ,.G,BLACK
BRI a-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
FC5 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
ADJACENT TO BOSOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE/COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA33R
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
cc3
EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
ccm
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
FC17L
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCliR
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSISL
EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS,SR
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description
Active
REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
GROUND
RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY
B+
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
GROUND ICRANKING)
REAR FOG LAMP STATUS
GROUND
TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY
B- (PULSEDI
LH DI LAMP SUPPLY
LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY
B- (PULSEDI
BA
HAZARD LAMP REQUEST
GROUND ,MOMENTARYi
RH DI REOUEST
GROUND
TRAILER LH Dl LAMP SUPPLY
B+ (PULSED)
RH DI LAMP SUPPLY
B+ (PULSED)
BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE
B+
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
87
SCP NETWORK
2 1600 Hz
SCP NETWORK
LH DI REQUEST
SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
HAZARD LAMP STATUS
GROUND (PULSE,
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
I7 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
C FC-24.24 CAN NETWORK 15- 1500 Hz
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
0 BT,-3
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
B+
0 BT,-4
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY
B+
0 BTV5
REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
B+
I BT,-6
BATTERY SUPPLY
B+
0 BTI-7
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
S BTM
SCP NETWORK
2 1600 Hz
0 BT,-9
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
B+
I BT,-13
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
I BTI-14
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S 811~16
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 Hz
I 872-l BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND iBRAKE ONi
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B-
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+ (NO TRAILER)
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
BRAKE SWITCH
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIODE iBT.+X- NUMBER PLATE
FOG LAMP
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HIGH MOUNTED
INSTRUMENT
SWITCHES
PACK
STOP LAMP
LlGHTiNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH
REAR SIDE MARKER
REAR SIDE MARKER
- LH
- RH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
TAIL LAMP UNIT- iH
TAIL LAMP UNIT- RH
TRAILER
RELAYS
CONNECTOR
Connector
FC15,14~WAYAMP
I Type / Color
EEEC,GREY
CC40, h-WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
BT.40, ?-WAY DlODE MODULE ASSEMBLY
FC3, >&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BTlO, IO~WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BTi l/10-WAY UT A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
BT12,10-WAY U T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
CA35, Z-WAY YAZAKI , NATURAL
FCZ4,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SiGNAL, BLACK
FCZS, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
BT27, Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK I,, BLACK
BT26, Z-WAY AMP POSiLOCK II, BLACK
BT29, V.VAY RElNSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
8731, ?-WAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
BT1,1&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, VWAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
8751, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER, BLACK
BT32,14~WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
Location
/ Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ADJACENTTO BAITERY, BATTERY COVER
FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BACKLIGHT
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STOP LAMP
RELAY
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE iPlMP RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
CA19
FC,
FC5
FC7
GROUNDS
Ground
BT20
BT20
BT21 L
BT22L
CAllL
CC%
CCBR
FC17L
FCliR
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
SI-WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
?-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location
/ Type
EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAiR, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET ,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FASClA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERiNG COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK LH SIDE, TRUNK CARPET
TRUNKRH
SIDE,TRUNKCARPET
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
BROWN BUS RELAY#S, TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
BROWN BUS RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK
BELOW PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
LH ‘fi POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I FCIS~IZ REAR FOG LAMP REOUEST GROUND
I FCIS-IS IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND
I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND
0 FC,S-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKING
0 FCI S-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND
0 FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSED)
0 FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSEDi
0 FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+
I FC15~59 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARYi
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND
0 FC15~75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ IPULSEDI
0 FC,S-75 RH Di LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSED)
I x15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE BC
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
S FCiS-55 SCP NETWORK Z-1600Hz
I FC,S-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND
0 FC15-95 SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND
0 FC15-98 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND IPULSE)
1 FC,S-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*
INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 HZ
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B-
GROUND
GROUND
BT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR
BRAKE SWITCH
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlODE iBT40, NUMBER PLATE
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
FC,5,,1-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
CC40, l-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
BT40, Z-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY
FC3,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/NATURAL
BT, 1, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
BT12 i ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT,3! ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 BLUE
BTB4, EYELET
HlGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP
,NSTRUMENT
PACK
CA%, NVAY YAZAK, , NATURAL
FC24, @WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZS,24~WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ADJACENTTO BATTERY, BAnEflY COVER
FASCIA, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
L,GHTING STALK ,COL”MN SWITCHGEAR SC2,10-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS/
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
TAIL iAMP
UNIT - LH
TNL LAMP UNIT- RH
TRAILER
RELAYS
CONNECTOR
BTZ, , Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK II, BLACK
8726, Z-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK
BT, ,,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
BT5, ,,~WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT32, Id-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
BACKLIGHT
FASCIA
BEHINDTRUNK ilD LINER
BEHINDTRUNK
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
STOP LAMP
RELAY
SlDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY
BROWN BUS RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK
LID LINER
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
BROWN BUS RELAY #3. TRUNK FUSE BOX /TRUNK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
0 Pin Description
Active
0 BT1-3
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
B+
0 BTI-4
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY
B+
0 BTI-5
REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
B+
I BT1~5
BATERY SUPPLY
B+
0 BT,-7
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
S BTU
SCP NETWORK
2-1600HZ
0 BTI-9
LH STOP iAMP SUPPLY
B+
I BT,-13
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
I BT,-14
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S BT,-16
SCP NETWORK
2- ,600 Hz
I BTZ-I BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON)
I BTX TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Bt iNO TRAILER)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
BT4
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
LH %’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FCS
5bWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT20
EYELET (SiNGLEi -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT20
EYELET (SINGLE, -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BTZ, L
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT2ZL
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
CABIL
EYELET IPAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
CCBL
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SlDE
CCSR
EYELET IPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R
EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTlON: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH
HEADLAMP LE”EL,NG ACTUATOR - RH
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWlTCH
,FASCIA SWITCH PACKI
Connector / Type I Color
LF41, S-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK
LF42, S-WAY RElNSHAGEN , BLACK
FC14, S-WAY JAE IL-AGB, GREEN
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH HEADLAMP
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RH HEADLAMP
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
FE
54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
LH ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FC17L EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18L EYELET (PAIRI - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSISR EYELET (PAIRi - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
D Pin Description Active
I DDlO~l BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ
0 DD10~14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+
S DD10-I6 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
DD11~4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST B+ IMOMENTARY)
I DDli-12 DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REOUEST Bt ,MOMENTARYl
I 0011.20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S RDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hr
0 RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON,
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 Hz
I RDIO-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
1 RDli~lO DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description Active
I PDlO~’ BATTER” POWER SUPPLY B+
I PD,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S PD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 Hz
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B,
Inactive
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
BC
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH
- DRlVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
REAR
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR
‘E’ POST LAMP
‘E’ POST LAMP
GARAGE
GLOVE
- LH
- RH
DOOR OPENER
BOX LAMP
,GN,T,ON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER PASSENGER
PUDDLE LAMP-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRUNK LAMP - LH
TRUNK LAMP - RH
TRUNK
SWITCH
VANITY LAMP LH
“ANlPl LAMP - RH
Connector
I Type I Color
FClB, ,&-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
PDlO ,2ZWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
PDI 1 ,2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RP,O,Z-WAY FORD2,8TlMER,BLUE
RP, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3 i ,B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK
PD3, IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / BLACK
RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
iC4, I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
CA5, I-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK
CA%,, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC33, LUCAR -STRAIGHT - 2.8
FC34, LUCAR - STRAIGHT - 2.8
FC4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
RD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiBLACK
DD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiaLACK
PD14, Z-WAY AMPJUNIORTIMER / BLACK
RP,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMER,BLACK
BT46, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT47, Z~WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT4, , P-WAY AUGAT 1.5, BLACK
CA@, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA70, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASiNG iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
LH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
RH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
ROOF CONSOLE
GLOVE BOX
STEERING COLUMN
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH SIDE iTRUNK CARPET
TRUNK RH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
LH SUN VISOR
RH SUN VISOR
0 PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON
S PD10-I6 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz
I PD10-II POWER GROUND GROUND
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN)
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RPlO~l BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S RP10~9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ
0 RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON)
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
BT4
CA8
CA10
CA, 1
CA12
CA14
CA18
FCI
FC5
ICi
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW
BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location
I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRlVER ‘X’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRlVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DR,“ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
I RPll-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
V Pin Description Active
IGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST
KEY IN IGNlTlON
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
lLLUMlNAT,ON BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
2- 1600 Hz
2- 1600 Hz
B+
B+
,CRANKlNGi
IMOMENTARY,
,KEY IN,
St
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
Br
Bt
B+
B+ (KEY OUTi
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL
CABOR
CABlL
CA33L
CA33R
CA38L
CA36R
FC17L
FC29L
IC20
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PA,R, - LH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ISINGLE, - TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER
INSTRUMENT
MODULE
Description
INSTRUMENT PACK lLL”MlNAT,ON BULB SUPPLY
INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
SIDE LAMPS
ON REQUEST
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
GENERAL ILLUMlNATiON BULB SUPPLY
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
GROUND
SUPPLY
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
BATFERY POWER SUPPLY
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
PACK
\J Pin Description
I FC24~26 GROUND
I FC24-27 lLLUMlNATlON SUPPLY
I FCZS-21 DlMMER OVERRIDE
Active
B+ iLIGHTS DNi
B- (LIGHTS ON)
GROUND
GROUND
1.3 ” _ DIM. 4 ” = BRlGHT
GROUND
B- (LIGHTS ON1
B+ (LIGHTS DNi
GROUND
BT
B+
4v
Active
GROUND
BT
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
0”
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTiONlNG CONTROL PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ClGAR
ClGAR
ANALOG
LIGHTER-FRONT
LIGHTER-REAR
CLOCK
CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH
DlMMER
DiMMER
CONTROL
MODULE
FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
Connector
I Type I Color
CC27,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC?, 1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
CA,&,%WAY
MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
C.475, Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW
CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK
CC20, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I NATURAL
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MOD, JLE CC14, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
SC,,
,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
FC23, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC14, WVAY JAE IL-AG5, GREEN
FC3, IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FCZ5,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
Location
CENTER
CONSOLE
/ Access
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CENTER
AIR VENT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) X2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MODE SWITCH ITRANSMISSION)
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
ROOF CONSOLE
SPKE HEADER - CA224
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK - PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK
CC4,10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
CA%, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
CA224,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN
DDI ,ZWAY MOS-26, YELLOW
RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD, , Y-WAY
MQS26,YELLOW
WI, S-WAY LAG, GREEN
FC27 ,10-WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER
CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR TRIM
DOOR TRIM
DOOR TRIM
DOOR TRIM
FASCIA
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
CAB
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
CA, 1
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CAT4
C-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
CA16
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
CAIS
20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
CA27
IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
CA45
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
CA46
4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
FC,
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FC5
E&WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FC7
Z&WAY MULTlLDCK 070, WHlTE
SC3
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY
SM25-F
IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
DRIVER ‘+’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRl”ER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘BP POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULEiCOlN TRAY
ADJACENTTO STEERlNG COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR)- DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIRI -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET PAIRI - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAlR) - iH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
l Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE
I CA32~4 “EHlCLE SPEED
0 CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE
I CA-&-6 IGNITION SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY
1 CA32-8 GROUND
Active
2”@ ,DLE DECREASlNG WfTH VEHICLE SPEED
s+ @ 10 MPH (16 KWH, I20 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 40 HZ
9”@ ,DLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
s-
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
CA32 1 (I~WAY RlSTS , BLACK i RED
“ARlABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, NATURAL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
FC5
W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LL2 *-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
Location / Access
LOWER LH ‘A’ POST, LDWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
AUTO TlLT REOUEST
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH
STATUS
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
KEY IN IGNlTlON
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY
BA,-KRY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
COLUMN MOVEMENT REOUEST
COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
COLUMN TliT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
MODULE
v Pin Description
I DD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK
s DD10-16 SCP NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5”
GROUND
B+
GROUND
(CRANKING1
iPARK
0.5 V = OUT, 4” = IN
GROUND
B+
B+
2 1600 Hi
2 - 1600 Hz
(KEY ,Ni
UP = 10.1”. DOWN = 12.1V. RETRACT = 8 5V. EXTEND = 6.8”
GROUND
GROUND
UP = 4v. DOWN = 0.5”
B+
B-
B-
Active
B+
GROUND
2 ,600 Hz
2 3600 HZ
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON)
I DDll-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND DOOR OPENI
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
s RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hi
S RD10-16 SW NETWORK 2 1600 HZ
1 RDIO-I9 MODULE IDENTiFlCATlON GPOUND
Inactive
B+
B2
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
B+ (NOT IN PARK1
Bt (KEY OUT)
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Inactive
B+
GROUND
B+
Bt
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
COLUMN JOYSTICK ,COL”MN SWlTCHGEARi
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRl”ER REAR
DOOR SWITCH
- DRIVER
,GNlTiON SWITCH KEY-IN SWITCHI
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PAW
NOT-IN-PARK
MlCROSWlTCH
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
SC9,8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SC9, B-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
DDIO ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD,, i 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RD10,22-WAYFORD2811MER/BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK
DD3,,3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
FC4, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 / WHiTE
DD, , ZS-WAY ME-26, YELLOW
CCl3,3-WAY MULTliOCK 070,YELLOW
FC49, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FC60, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CAB
CAlO
CA13
CA14
FC7
GROUNDS
20.WAY MVLTiLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
G-WAY MULTliOCK
070,WHITE
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Ground Location / Type
CA33L
CA36L
CCSL
FC77L
FC17R
FC29L
EYELET IPAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAlR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
COLUMN
SWTCHGEAR
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
STEERING
DOOR TRIM
COLUMN
PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
STEERlNG
COLUMN
I RDll-5 MEMORY 1 B+
I RDll-7 MODVLE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND
I RD11~13 MEMORY SET B+
/ RDll-15 MEMORY 3 B+
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2 B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF lSSUEr SEPTEMBER ,997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
D Pin Description Active
I FC,5-15 IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROVND
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING1
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARKI
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*
S FCl5-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
S FC,5-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
0 FC15-10, ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B-
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I DDlO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 DDlO-2 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SVPPLY
0 DD10~3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
0 DD,O-4 DRiVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I DDIO~,, POWER GROUND
0 DDiO-20 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I DD10~21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORlZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK
I DDlO-22 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
I DDll-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND
0 DDII-* SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
/ DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
I DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT
I DD11~9 RH “ERTlCAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
I Doll-IO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
I DDll-I3 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT
i DDll-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
1 om,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
B-
B- = LEFT, DOWN, GROUND = RIGHT, UP
B- _ RIGHT
B-=UP
GROUND
*- ,600 HZ
2 - 1600 HI
GROUND
B,
1 ” = LEFT; 8” = RiGHT
l”=DOWN;B”=UP
GROUND
GROUND ,LED ON,
B+ = DOWN
B+
B+ = DOWN
B+ = LEFT
B-
&=LEFT
GROUND iDOOR OPEN,
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+ ,NOT IN PARK)
B+
Bi
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
B+
= LEFT
= DOWN
= UP
= UP
= RIGHT
= RIGHT
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER
DOOR SWlTCH
,NSTR”MENT
- DRIVER
PACK
MEMORY SWITCHES
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR JOYSTICK
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
NOT-IN-PARK
MlCROSWlTCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CA8
CA10
CA1 1
CA12
CA13
CA14
FC1
FC5
FCI
Type I Color
CONNECTORS
X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHiTE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
*&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
5CWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Connector
I Type I Color
FCl5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
RD,0,**-WAYFORD*.BTiMER,BLUE
RD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DDlO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDIO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DDS, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PDB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL I// LC, BLACK
FC24,4B~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25, *d-WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DD, ! 26.WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DDI ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK OlOiYELLOW
Location
I Access
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Location / Access
BULKHEAD/BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
DOOR TRiM PANEL
DOOR TRlM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
v Pin Description Active
I RD,O-I BATERY POWER SUPPLY
B*
I RDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S RDTO-16 SCP NETWORK
1 RDlO-19 MODULE lOENTlFlCAT,ON
I RDll-5 MEMORY,
I RDl,-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION
I RDll-13 MEMORY SET
I RD11-75 MEMORY 3
I RD11-2* MEMORY 2
GROUND
2 - ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOR
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CCSL
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘+’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
INSTRUMENT
PACK
77 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-*0 SCP NETWORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
Inactive
+I
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I PD10-I BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
0 PD10~4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S PDIO-9 SCP NETWORK
S PDIO-16 SW NETWORK
I PD,&17 POWER GROUND
0 PD,O-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I PDIO-*1 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
I PD,O-22 PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
Bi
B+ = LEFT, DOWN
B+ = RlGHT
B+=UP
GROUND
*- 1600 HZ
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
B+
1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RlGHT
Inactive
Bt
GROUND = RIGHT, UP
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
77 Pin Description
I FC15~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
1 FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
s FC15~84 SW NETWORK
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
0 FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
v Pin Description
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iCRANK,NGi
B+
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
B+
0 DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT/DOWN. GROUND = RIGHT, UP
VERTICAL/ HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
0 DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT
0 DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR “ERTKAL MOVEMENT MOTOR @=“P
Active
I DD10-8 LOGiC GROUND GROUND
S DD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 HZ
5 DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 Hz
I DD10~17 POWER GROUND GROUND
DDll~l MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND
DDll-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+
DDII-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDil~lO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
DDll-13 DRl”ER MIRROR SELECT Bt
DO,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST Br = LEFT
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I PDlO~l BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR B+ = LEFT, DOWN
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 PD,O-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT
0 PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=“P
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Ri
Inactive
Bi
B+
Bi
Bi
Bi
Inactive
Bi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
= LEFT
= DOWN
= UP
= UP
= RIGHT
= RIGHT
Inactive
Bt
GROUND = RlGHT,“F
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
RD,O,ZZ-WAYFORDZSTIMER/BLUE
RDll , ZZ-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING/TRIM
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DDll ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER PDlD, 2%WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
PDll,22-WAY FORD2.8TlMER,BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -PASSENGER
MIRROR JOYSTICK
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK
DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PD8,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DOOR CASING/TRIM
DRIVER
PASSENGER
DOOR TRlM
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD, ,ZS-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL
,DRl”ER DOOR SWlTCH PACKi
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
GROUNDS
D-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHiTE
Ground Location I Type
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
CASOR EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR1 - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET iPAlRi - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRl”ER ‘Sic’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
DOOR
DOOR
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SIDE LAMP
REQUEST
IGNfTfON SWlTCHED GROUND
HEADLAMP
DIP REOUEST
MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE
MIRROR
FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SW
NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE
MODULE
v Pin Description
I ml&l BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK
S DD,O-16 SCP NETWORK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
2 - 1500 HZ
2 1600 Hz
B+
Active
B+
GROUND
2- 1600 Hz
2 - 1500 HZ
GROUND
DD,l-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND
DD,M FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+
DDll-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDII-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
OD11~13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+
DD,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
INSTRUMENT
PACK
V Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FCZ4~20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hr
(MOMENTARY)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
Bt
BT
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
= UP
= UP
= RIGHT
= RIGHT
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
DOOR CONTROL
DOOR MIRROR-
DOOR MIRROR
,NSTR”MENT
MODULE
MODULE-DRIVER
DRIVER
- PASSENGER
PACK
,NTERlOR REAR “iEW MIRROR
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI
MlRROR JOYSTICK
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MlRROR SELECT SWiTCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SPLiCE HEADER - CA224
RELAYS
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FC15,14-WA” AMP EEEC, GREY
DDlO i 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DDI T/22 WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PDB, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK
FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
CA55: B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SC2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
DD, /*B-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
OD, ,26-W,%” MOS~26, YELLOW
CA224,ZO.WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVER
PASSENGER
FASCIA
DOOR
DOOR
WINDSHIELD, IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
DOOR TRIM
DOOR TRIM
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
PANEL
PANEL
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
FOLD-BACK RELAY VIOLET c*m, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
FOLD-OUT RELAY VIOLET CA&?, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
GROUNDS
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
Z-WAY MULTliOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAYTHROVGH
Ground Location I Type
CABOR
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA38R
FC17R
PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR1 - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
COmPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description
0 EM.58.1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL
0 EM&-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATiONS
I Eb.468~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-li RH REAR DAMPER BATrERY POWER SUPPLY
1 EM68-18 GROUND
I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EMSS-21 FRONTVERTICALACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EM%-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EMSS-24 “EHiCLE SPEED SIGNAL
0 EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
1 EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH
I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D EM&28 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
0 EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM@%31 LH FRONT DAMPER
0 EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER
0 EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER
0 EM88-34 RH REAR DAMPER
Active
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
4.8”

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
0 Pin Description
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v Pin Description
lGNlT,ON SwlTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REOUEST (LHD = PASSENGER. RHD = DRiVERi
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER,
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REOUEST iLHD = DRIVER, RHO = PASSENGER,
MODULE
I DD10-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
77 Pin Description
BAVERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
S RD10-16 SCP NE7WORK
MODULE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
,CRANKINGl
GROUND
B-
2- 1800 HZ
2- ,800 HZ
GROUND iMOMENTARYl B+
Active
B-
GROUND
2- ,600 HZ
2- 1800 HZ
GROUND
Active
B+
(LED ONi
Inactive
Bt
B+
B+
Bc
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
B+
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
,NSTR”MENT
PACK
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACKI
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRI”ER
SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS - DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1
SEAT LUMBAR
SEAT MOTORS
GROUND
2- ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 Hz RELAYS
I RD,O-19 MODULE IDENTIFICAT,ON GROUND
/ RDll-5 MEMORY 1
I RD11~7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION
/ RDll-13 MEMORY SET
I RDll-15 MEMORY 3
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
v Pin Description
0 SM,-,D
0 SM1~2D
0 SMMD
0 SM,-40
0 SM,-SD
0 SM,-8D
0 SMI-7D
0 SMMD
I SM,-SD
I SMI-IOD
I SMI-IlD
I SM,-lZD
I SM,-732
I SMI-l4D
/ SMI-15D
I SMl-18D
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION RAlSE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRl”ER HEADREST RAlSE , LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAlSE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT C”SH,ON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON RAiSE REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REOUES,
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
0 SMCID DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RE*R, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT REF. GROUND
0 SM2-2D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-SD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE
0 SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
1 SM2-9D DRl”ER SEAT CUSHlON FRONT MOTOR POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-1OD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-l,D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-12D DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE, AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
0 SM2-l4D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-l5D DRi”ER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-,813 DRl”ER SEAT C”SHlON FORE, A” MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
0 SM2-l9D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PUMP-DRIVER
- DRIVER
SEAT SOUAB HEATERS - DRIVER
SWlTCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT
B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Active
B+
B+
B+
El+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
*+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
5”
,O”=“P,,V=DOWN
10”=UP,1”=DOWN
10V=“P,l”=DOWN
S”=FORE.ZV=AFT
2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
GROUND
GROUND
5”
5v
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
FC,S,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, I, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TMER , BLACK
FC24!48-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK
DD, , IS-WAY MOS-29, YELLOW
Sk,,-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER i BLACK
SMP-D ,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
DOOR TRiM
PANEL
DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
SM7-D , SWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
SM10-D, O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SMl~D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
SMG-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SM, ,~D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
SM,2-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
SM,B-D , S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
349-D , J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SM%D, 18.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY DRIVER BROWN SM14-D/BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
Connector
CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7
GROUNDS
Ground
CA25L
CA25R
CA26L
CA26R
CA33L
CABSL
ccx
Type / Color
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
I(1-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location
I Type
EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
Location
/ Access
DRlVER ‘I’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR “ENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
I SMB-1D
I SMB-2D
0 SM3-3D
0 SM3-4D
I SM3-5D
/ SM3-8D
I SM3-8D
S SM3-9D
S SM3-lOD
MODULE lDENTlFlCAT,ON
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REOUEST
SW NETWORK
SCP NETwORK
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bc
Bt
B+
(DRIVER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
INSTRUMENT
PACK
c7 Pin Description
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-20 SCP NETwORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
Active
Inactive
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER,
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROVND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
v Pin Description
I
I
SMB-ID
SM3-2D
0 SM3-3D
0 SM3-4D
1 SM3~5D
I
I
S
S
SM3-6D
SM3-SD
SM3-!3D
SMB-lOD
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRi”ER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON FORE/AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
MODULE
POWER
IDENTlFlCATlON
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
2- ,600 Hz
2- 1600 HZ
GROUND
Active
B-
B-
B-
B-
B-
B+
Bt
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
BT
B-
B-
BT
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B-
B,
B+
2- ,600 HZ
2- ,600 Hz
(MOMENTARY,
iCRANKING
(MOMENTARY,
(DRIVER,
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, ,l~WAY AMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
DDll , Z-WA,’ FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER REAR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS- DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR
SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER
SEAT SQUAB
PUMP-DRIVER
HEATERS-DRIVER
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT
RELAYS
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RDll I *Z-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SMl-D, ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SMZ~D ,ZB-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SMB-D, ,O-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SM7-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
CC?, IS-WAY FORD IDC S “. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SMlO-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SMI-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SMS-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM, I-D, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SM12-D/B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SM13-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SMS-D ,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SMS-D, 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER BROWN 9414-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8
CJ413
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7
GROUNDS
?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY M”LTlLQCK 070, WHlTE
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
5CWAYTHROUGH
PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CAER
CA26L
CA26R
CCSL
EYELET (PAIR, - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET ,PAlR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
DR,“ER ‘Y!’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
v Pin Description
I FC15-15 IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
0 FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
I FClS-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
0 FCIS-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD _ PASSENGER,
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
(CRANKING)
,MOMENTARYI
Inactive
Bt
Bt
B+
Bt
BC
B+
B+
BT
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER REAR
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS-DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACKI
SEAT MOTOR-DRIVER (RAISE, LOWER ONLY)
Connector
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECiGREY
/ Type / Color
DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDI 1,22~WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER , BLACK
947-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
CC1 ,16-WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
SM,G-D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
Location
I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVER
SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER 9.49.D, 3WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK DRIVER SEAT iRA,SE, LOWER ONLY1 SM17-D! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRl”ER SEAT, UNDER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SMll~Di BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT RAISE RELAY VIOLET SMIB-D/VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT LOWER RELAY VIOLET SM,B-D, VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA8
CA13
CA23
FCI
FC5
FC7
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
TO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
&-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRl”ER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CA2SL
CCBL
EYELET (PAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, -DRIVER SEAT GROVND STUD
EYELET ,PAIIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABiN SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description
Active
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND iMOMENTARYi
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
GROUND ,CRANKINGl
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = DRIVER. RHD i PASSENGER,
GROUND
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Bi
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND iMQMENTARYi
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description Active
0 SM,-1P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM,-2P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE/AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SMl~BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/ LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B-
0 SMI-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHiON RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B-
0 SM1~SP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE I LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY Bt
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM1~7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bi
I ml,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
I SMI-IOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
/ SMl-llP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHlON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SM,-lZP PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SMl~lSP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
/ SM,-14P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST BT
I SM,-ISP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
I SMI-1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SMB-ZP
COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
GROUND
0 SM3-3P
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
B+
0 SM3-4P
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
B+
I SM3-SP
BATTERY SUPPLY
B+
I SM3-6P
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
Bi
I SM3-BP
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
B+
S SM3-9P
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 Hz
S SMB-lOP
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
BC
Bt
Bt
B+
B+
Br
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR
MODVLE
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHlON
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP- PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS
SEAT SQUAB
PASSENGER
HEATERS-PASSENGER
sWlTCH PACK - PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SM,-P, 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLACK
SMB-Pi lo-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SM7-P ,3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
CC1 ! ,&WAY FORD IDC 2”. , BLACK
SM10-P/3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
344-P , B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 : GREY
SMG-Pi B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM,I-PIG-WAY M”LTlLOCK070IWHITE
SM12-PIG-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
SM13-Pi&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
SMD-P, 3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
SM5-Pi 16.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER
SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER
SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SM,CP,BRDWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA27 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SiDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COlN TRAY
FC7 ?&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25
CA2SL
CCPL
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAlRi - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
SEAT
SEAT
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
v Pin
I FC15-15
0 FC15-17
I FC1532
I FC15-35
I FC15-41
0 FC, 5-69
I
s
s
FC15-80
FC15-84
FC15-85
/ FC15-85
MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
!GNiTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 SM,-lP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLlNE MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-ZP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMMP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM1-GP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMI-7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMI-8P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
I SM,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SM,-lOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SM,-l,P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMl-12P PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMl~lBP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQVEST
I SMI-l4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMI-15P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
I 3.41.1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
i
SM3-2P
0 SM3~3P
0 SW-4P
I
I
I
S
S
SrvK-5P
SM3-6P
SM3-8P
SM3-9P
SMB-IOP
COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK
SW
NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND iCRANKiNG
GROUND
B+
2s1600Hz
2- 1600 HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROVND
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FORE /AFT SWITCH - PASSENGER REAR
RECLINE SWITCH-PASSENGER REAR
SEAT CONTROL
SEAT CUSHION
MODULE-PASSENGER
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR
SEAT MOTORS
SEAT SQUAB
PUMP-PASSENGER
- PASSENGER
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Connector
FC15,1+WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
I Type I Color
SM19-Pi 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
SM20-P, l&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
SMI-Pi ,&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SK-P, l&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SM,~P, 3~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CC,, IS-WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
SM,W, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM4~P, G~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
SMG-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SMll~P,G~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE
SMIZ~P, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SMll~P, B-WAY MULTlLDCK 070, YELLOW
SMS-P, 3WAY MULTlLDCK 070, GREY
SMS-P, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
Location
/ Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER
SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER
SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY - PASSENGER BROWN SM, 4-P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA27 IO-WAY M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
SMZ-P IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNiSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CAXL
CClL
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELETtPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
SEAT
SEAT
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD _ PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD _ DRIVER, RHD i PASSENGER)
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
*+
GROVND
(MOMENTARY)
(CRANKING)
(MOMENTARY,
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE
FC15, ,4~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS - DRlVER
SM%D, W’JAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
DRIVER SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER
SM7-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWTCHES
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U.! BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PAW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER
Smiled, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
DRIVER SEAT
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS- PASSENGER
SMS-Pi 3-WAY MVLTILDCK 070, GREY
PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER
BROWN
BROWN
SMl4-D,BROWN
SMll~P, BROWN
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA23 l&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL
CA25L
CA26L
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin Description
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVERI
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
iMOMENTARY,
(CRANKING)
(MOMENTARYI
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Br
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC15, ICWAYAMPEEECIGREY
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEATCVSHION HEATERS-DRIVER
%,7-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
DRIVER SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER
SM7-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
SEAT SQVAB HEATERS - DRIVER
SMS-D, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS PASSENGER
SMS-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER
SEAT HEATER RELAY- PASSENGER
BROWN
BROWN
SM14-D,
SM,h-Pi
BROWN
BROWN
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA23 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
-
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL
CA25L
CAZGL
EYELET iPAW - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAlR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage
KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
v Pin Description
I BSl-l, LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE
I 852~3
/ BS2-4
I
I
I
BSZ-5
BSZ-6
BSZ~l2
0 BS6-1
0 BSG~Z
0 856-3
0 856-4
0 ES-5
0 BS6-6
0 BS6-7
0 856.8
0 BS6-10
0 BSS~ll
0 856-12
857.8
857-S
EC310
BS7-l4
ET-15
BS7-16
ES,-17
BS%18
857-19
BS7-20
GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
BAmERY
POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+
RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE /AFT MOTOR Bs
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+
LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST MOTOR B+
LH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR - FORE, AFT MOTOR Bi
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+
RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH LUMBAR SWITCH - INFLATE REQUEST
RH FORE, AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT REQUEST
RH FORE /AFT SWITCH-FORE REQUEST
RH HEADREST SWITCH-LOWER REQUES,
RH HEADREST SWlTCH - RAISE REOUEST
LH HEADREST SWlTCH - LOWER REQUEST
LH HEADREST SWITCH RAISE REQUEST
LH FORE, AFT SWlTCH -AFT REQUEST
LH FORE, AFT SWITCH - FORE REQUEST
RH LUMBAR SWITCH-DEFLATE REQUEST
Active
E+
GROUND
B*
GROUND
B+
E+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
El+
B+
Inactive
0”
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
Bt
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
SEAT CONTROL MODVLE -REAR BS, ,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
BSZ, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE
BS6,12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
BS, , Y-WAY MULTlLOCK 47 ,WHlTE
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - LH REAR
852, , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - RH REAR
8522, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - LH REAR
BC3, IO-WAY AMP MlCRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - RH REAR
BC5, IO-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - LH REAR
BBJ-L, G-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - RH REAR
BBS-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - LH REAR
BC4,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - RH REAR
BC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK 1 BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - LH REAR
BBd-L, $-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - RH REAR
BBd-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - LH REAR
BC8, ,O-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - RH REAR
BC6,,0-WAY AMP MCRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY - LH BLUE BS,O, BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS/ HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS3 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS4 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
855 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA109 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA381 EYELET (PAIR) LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOR EYELET (PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
-_-- ^_ .^^.._ --------- ----

COMPONENTS
Component
SEAT CUSHlON HEATER - LH REAR
SEAT C”SHlON HEATER - RH REAR
SEAT HEATER SWlTCH - LH REAR ,LWS VEHICLES1
SEAT HEATER SWTCH - RH REAR (LWS VEHICLES)
SEAT HEATER TIMER - LH REAR
SEAT HEATER TIMER - RH REAR
SWAB HEATER - LH REAR
SOW3 HEATER - RH REAR
Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
sst-L, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
REAR SEAT
ss,-R, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO CNJAD LOCK, SLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SC*, ,&WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ES, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SSS, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SE-L, S-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, GREY
REAR SEAT
St?5R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
REAR SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
853 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
SS4
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
SSS S-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHITE
CA109 ,Z~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
BELOW REAR SEAT C”SHlON
BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHlDN
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location
/ Type
EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

COMPONENTS
Component
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
8513 J-WAY MLJLTILCICK 070 /WHITE
BS15
SWAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE
CA109
12.WAY MULTlLclCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELCIW REAR SEAT CUSHlON
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
D Pin Description
I FCWE TRUNK RELEASE REDUEST
I FC1518 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15.33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
,MDMENTARYi
(CRANKING)
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
Br
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
/ FC15-55 VALET REDUEST GROUND
GROUND
(MOMENTARY)
,PARKl
B+
B+ iNOT IN PARK1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
B+
GROUND ,KEY INi
B+ ,KEY OUT)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRiVER REAR
GROUND iPULSE)
B+
B+
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MlCRDSWlTCH STATUS
I FC15-83 CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
I FC18-87 KEY IN lGNlTlON
D FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
, FCIE-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v Pin Description
MODULE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 DD10-6 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I DD10.8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND
I DDll-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCKREQUEST
I DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
I DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
B+
2- 1800 HZ
2- 1800 Hz
Active
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1800 HZ
2 - 1800 Hz
GROUND
v Pin Description Active
B+
B+
8+
I RDIO-I BAlTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 RO10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 RD10-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I RD1&8 LOGIC GROUND
S RD10-9 SW NETWORK
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
I RDll-7 MODULE lDENTlF,CAT,ON
I RDII-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
i7 Pin Description
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY,
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
GROUND
2- 1600 HZ
2-1800Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(DOOR OPEN1
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 PD10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S‘ PD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S PDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I RPlO~i BATTERY POWER SVPPLY
0 RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
RP,O-8
LOGIC GROUND
I RP,0-9 SW NETWORK
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RF’,&17 POWER GROUND
I RPII-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 BT,-l TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
0 BT,-2 FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
S BTI-8 SCP NETWORK
0 BT,-l0
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE
I BT,-13
LOGIC GROUND
I BTI-14
LOGIC GROUND
I BT,-15
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
S BT,-16
SCP NETWORK
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURIN SWlTCH STATUS
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
Active
B+
B+
B+
GROUNO ,DOOR OPEN1
Active
B*
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - ,800 Hz
2-1800HZ
GROUND
GROUND ,DOOR DPEN,
Active
B+ (PULSE)
B+ (PULSE)
2-7600 HZ
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(MOMENTARY,
(INTRUSION)
I BTB-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
Inactive
Bc
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
B+
B+ (SECURE)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
- DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRlVER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
- PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH - DRl”ER REAR
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
DOOR SWlTCH - PASSENGER REAR
FUEL FiLLER
FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
,GNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA
NOT~IN~PARK
MlCROSWlTCH
SECURITY AND LOCKlNG CONTROL MODULE
SPLICE HEADER
- CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWlTCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK1
TRUNK SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
RELAYS
Relay
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FC15,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
cc,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
DDlO , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDIO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RPlO, 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC: BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK
RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD3, WvVA’, ECONDSEAL \\\ LC, BLACK
PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
BT,B, Z-WAY LABINAL, NATURAL
FC4, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
BT33, ,-WA” COAXlAL CONNECTOR
CC13,3-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
BT, , 18.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BTS, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
BT43, Z-WAY LABINAL, BROWN
BT42, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREEN
FC14, B-WAY JAE IL-AGS , GREEN
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
CA8
CAlD
CA1 1
CA7 1
CA??
CA14
CAT6
CA45
CA48
FC1
FC7
GROUNDS
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 i YELLOW
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
*O-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
Ground Location I Type
BT22L
BT28L
BT34
CAlOR
CA31L
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CCSL
CCSR
FC17L
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CAS,NG ,TR,M PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
TRUNK,
STEERING
LH FRONT
COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHINDTRUNK
LID LINER
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
ST41 ,Z-WAYAUGAT l.S,BLACK BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
CC,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS ,TR”NK
VIOLET BTZ3, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REARBULKHEAD/RHSlDE
DRl”ER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRI”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/ DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK 1 RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
EYELET ,S,NGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT, CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAlR, RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR) - RH X’POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAlR) - LH ‘fl POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD i CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
v Pin Description Active
Inactive
I FC1516
I FC15-32
I FC15-33
I FC15~41
I FC15-65
I FC15-58
I FC15-83
1 FC16-67
0 FC16-71
I FC15-80
S FC15-84
S FC16~85
TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROVND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
VALET REQUEST
NOT 1N PARK MlCROSWlTCH STATUS
CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
EATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
‘J Pin Description
MODULE
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGlC GROUND
SCP NEiWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATiON
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Active
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 1600 Hz
IMOMENTARY,
ICRANKING
iMOMENTARY
,PARKi
iMOMENTARY
iKEY IN)
(PULSE,
B+ (MOMENTARY)
Bt (MOMENTARY)
GROUND iDOOR OPEN)
Active
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - ,800 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Bt
Bt
B+
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
CC,, 78.WAY FORD IDC S U , BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
Bt DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
B+ (NOT IN PARK1 DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO, *Z-WA’” FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASiNG , TRIM PANEL
B+
B+ iKEY OUT)
Bc
Bc
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR -DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-DRIVER REAR
DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR-PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER
DOOR
SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER
REAR
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR
FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
SPLlCE HEADER - CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
TRUNK
SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
RD,, ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PO,0 , Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE
PDll 122.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLACK
RPlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3, ,&WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC, BLACK
RD3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3,G~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3, B-WA,’ ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
BT16,2-WAY
LABINOLINATURAL
FC4,8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
BT33, ,-WAY COAXiAL CONNECTOR
CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2, &WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,ZO.WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
BT43, Z-WAY LAEINAL, BROWN
BT42,2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN
FC14,6-WAY JAE IL-AGS, GREEN
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNGiTRlM
PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
TR”NK,LH
STEERlNG
FRONT
COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
FASCiA SWITCH PACK
BT4, ,2-WAYAUGAT I.G,BLACK BEHlND TRUNK LID LINER
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTER,’ POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description
0 BTI-7
0 871-2
S STY-8
0 BT,-l0
I BT,-13
I BT,-14
1 ST,-15
S BT,-16
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
SCP NETWORK
FUEL FlLLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTER,‘POWER SUPPLY
SW NETWORK
1 BTZ-3 TRVNK RELEASE REQUEST
I BTZ-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS
1 BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-18 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
Active
Bt
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,
Active
Bt
BC
GROUND
2-1600Hr
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Active
B+ IPULSE,
B+ (PULSE)
2 - ,600 Hz
B+
GROUND
GROUND
BA
2- ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BTG-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND
,MOMENTARYI
(INTRVSIONI
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
Inactive
B+
GROUND
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
B+
B+ (SECURE,
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DOOR LOCKING RELAY VIOLET CA%, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL/ BLACK
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ,TR”NK, REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DR,“ER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10
E-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
DR,“ER ‘%’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA,,
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA?,
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12
B-WA,‘MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14
G-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA45
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46
a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DRl”ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK/ RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD - EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
BT34
EYELET ISINGLE) - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER
CABOR
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘pi’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA3lL
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA33L
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L
EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CCBL
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CCBR
EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC,?L
EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
I input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in unde&anding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
WASHER FLUlD LEVEL SENSOR
VARIABLE INTERMlrrENTWlPE REOUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SIDE LAMP REQUEST
POWER WASH RELAY ACT,“ATE
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY ACT,“ATE
WINSHIELD WASHER PUMP KT,“ATE
FAST WIPE SPEED
REQUEST
PROGRAMMED WASH REOUEST
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY ACTIVATE
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWliCH STATUS
BATrERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SLOW,
FLICK WIPE REa”EST
BATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
!3+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bc
GROUND
B+
IFULL)
IFAST)
iMOMENTARY,
IPARKED)
Inactive
ST IEMPTY)
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
MODULE
COMPARTMENT
LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
POWER WPlSH
PUMP
Connector
/ Type / Color
FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC, GREY
ST19,
EYELET
Location
I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 lYELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
Em, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK RIGHT FRONT OUARTER PANEL l WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
WASH /WIPE STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC,, I*-WAY M"LTlLOCK 070 I WHiTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTOSTEERING COLUMN MOTOR
RELAYS
Relay
Case Color
Connector
/ Color
Location
/ Access
WIPER RUN,
STOP RELAY
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY
POWERWASH
RELAY
BLACK
BLACK
BROWN
LS,,
LS11,
BUS
, BLACK
BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
RELAY ~$4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX: ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
EM3
EMSl
FC5
LS3
CONNECTORS
Location I Access
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGlNE CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH ‘A, POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
EM17
FC17R
LS18R
LSlPL
Location
EYELET iSINGLE,
/ Type
- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND
EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIRI - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage
KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network)
V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
J Pin Description
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING SWTCH - SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOVEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NElwDRK
SCP NETWORK
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
MODULE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
E 1500 Hz
2 1600 Hi
GROUND
‘J Pin Description Active
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
WlNDOW NT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NEnniORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW bP REOUEST
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v Pin Description
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOVEST
MODULE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON
DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW UP REQUEST
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER WINDOW LlFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
1 PDll-6 PASSENGER DOOR SwTCH PACK Wlwow up REQUEST
I PDll-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
c7 Pin Description
RPIO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LA RP10-7 PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND
RP10-9
SCP NETWORK
2 RPiO~lB PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UPSUPPLY
s RP10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND
I RPll-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
I RPll-21 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REO”ES7
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
SCP NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
iCRANKING,
(MOMENTARYI
,MOMENTARY~
rMOMENT*RY)
Inactive
Bt
Bt
Bt
Bt
Bc
Bt
Bc
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
B- DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
Connector
FC,5,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
I Type I Color
CC,, ,G~WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE
DDll , zz-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO: 22.WA’Y FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
PDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER II BLACK
Inactive DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
RPlO !22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLUE
RPll i 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLACK
B+
&O”ND
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
DD3,13-WA.y ECDNOSEAL ,I, LC I BLACK
&“ND
GROUND
,NSTR”MENT PACK
FC24,48~WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL .; BLACK
2 ,600 HZ
B+
FCE, 24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL , BLACK
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
B+
GROUND
KEY FOB ANTENNA
BT33, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
2 1600 HI
GROUND
REAR WINDOW lNHlBlT SWITCH
DD, 1 &WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 j ,G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2 I 26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
B+ (MOMENTARY)
BT6, &WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
GROUND ,MOMENTARYl
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROVND
S,SDiNG ROOF CONTROL MODULE
C&4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GPOUND IMOMENTARY)
Active
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 HZ
B+
2 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)
Active
B+
&O”ND
2 - ,600 HZ
B+
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND ,MOMENTARY)
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
Active
B+
%OUND
2-1600Hr
Bt
2 - 1600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ iMOMENTARYi
Active
2 ,500 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
B+
*-LBOOHr
BTS~i
KEY FOB ANTENNA
BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHlELD GROUND
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description
:
BA”ERY SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REDJEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRl”ER DOOR -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST
SK-1 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
Active
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
BL
IMOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARYI
,MOMENTARYI
EOUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
&UN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNO
Inactive
GROUND
EROUND
Inactive
B+
&OUND
B+
Bt
Bi
SLlDiNG ROOF MOTOR
SLlDiNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLES
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR
SWlTCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRIVER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER REAR
WNDOW MT SWiTCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK1
-
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CA8
CA10
CA1 1
CA12
CA14
CA\16
FC5
FC7
GROUNDS
Ground
BT22L
ET34
CASOL
CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CCSR
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
20.W.4Y MULTlLOCK 070 I WHlTE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
20-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location
/ Type
EYELET IPAIR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
SRZ, SWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA53,8-WAY M”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK
RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD? , Z&WAY ME-26 /YELLOW
RP, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
DD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL
RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli
DD, ,26-WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW
Location
EYELET (SINGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PAlRi - LH X’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ipAIR - RH ‘7,’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
111 LC,BLACK
LC,BLACK
/ Access
DRI”ER ‘Y POST, DOOR HARNESS GAiTER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘% POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,? POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Location / Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASiNG ,‘TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG: TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG ! T81M PANEL
FASCIA
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
DOOR TRIM PANEL
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRlM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING! TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING I TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRiM PANEL
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description Active
Inactive
I
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
, ;:;::g
GROUND
*+
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
I FC15-4,
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
GROUND ICRANKING
i:
FC15-46
DRIVER DOOR-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
B+
: FC15~47
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOUEST
I
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
, g:;;
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
z $1::;;
SCP NETWORK
I FC15-89 REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
GROUND
v Pin Description Active
DDII-4
DDII-6
DD,,-7
DD,,-I2
DD,,-15
DD,,-2,
DD,,-22
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DR,“ER WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REOUEST
DRlVER DooR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW up REOUEST
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v Pin Description
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW UP REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST
MODULE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LlFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REOUEST
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
1 PD,,-6
I PO,,-21
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR VP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SW NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
IMOMENTARY
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
;RO”ND IMOMENTARY)
2
Br
2-1600Hr
* - 1600 HZ
GROUND B+
B-
B7
GROUND
2 1600 Hz
;;O”ND (MOMENTARY
p;mDHZ
GROUND
GROUND
,MOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY)
B- (MOMENTARYI
GROUND (MOMENTARY1
B- (MOMENTARY1
B+ (MOMENTARY1
GROUND IMOMENTARY
B+ (MOMENTARYI
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
Active
B+
Active
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ IMOMENTARY)
Active
::
GROUND
2-1600Hr
zB+ ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
v Pin Description Active Inactive
I
I
BT6-1
BT6~2
SW NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA
SHIELD
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
:
SRZ-1
SW-3
BA”ERY SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWlTCH CLOSE REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
ZBi ,600
GROUND
Active
B+
GROUND
Ep;;KN;;
GROUND
GROUND
Hz
,MOMENTARY
,MOMENTARYi
iMOMENTARY
IMOMENTARY)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
B+
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
&O”ND
GROUND
Inactive
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
%~UND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
%%E
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
EROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+
‘@“ND
BC
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH Ccl, ,G-WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
,NSTR”MENT
PACK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING
ROOF MOTOR
SLlDlNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLE,
SWITCH PACK- DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRlVER
WiNDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR
WINDOW
LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER REAR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWiTCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CAB
CA,0
CA, 1
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC1
FC5
FC7
GROUNDS
Ground
BTZ2L
BT34
CABOL
CAlOR
CA331
CA33R
CAJSL
CA36R
CCBR
Type / Color
CONNECTORS
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location
I Type
EYELET IPAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
DDlO, Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD,, I Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDIO, *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDII ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
PDIO I *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PO1 1 i 22 WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
RPlO! *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RPll ! 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL /I/ LC i BLACK
FCZ4, WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL: BLACK
FCX, *I-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
BT33, l-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
BTI , ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BTZ, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA@, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SRZ, I-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
CA%, B~WA” MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
RD1 , B-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD1 , Z-WAY MOS~X, YELLOW
w1 i ~-WAY LAG/GREEN
DDIS, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK
PDIB, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP,6,P-WAYECONOSEALIII
DDI , Z&WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW
Location
EYELET iSiNGLEi - KEY FoB ANTENNA GROUND I BACKLIGHT i CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIRI - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘& POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
f-
X/BLACK
/ Access
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
DRlVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Location / Access
BULKHEAD! BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASiNG, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
FGCIA
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
DOOR TRIM PANEL
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOORTRIM PANEL
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground
S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
V Voltage (DC)
MS Milliseconds
Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT
PACK
77 Pin Description Active
c FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz
c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz
0 FCE-20 VEHICLE SPEED
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
22 HZ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KMIHI @ Bi
7 Pin Description Active
I IC10-1 “EHlCLE SPEED
22 HZ @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM/H,; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS
0 v = MODE, 1.2 ” = SEEK. 24” = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3.7 v = VOLUME ‘-’
0 IC,&S ANTENNA LIP B-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Inactive
5v
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR
BT19, G~WAY YAZAKI TYPE c, WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATrERY COVER
CD AUTO-CHANGER
m, CD A”TOCHANGER DATA CABLE
TRUNK LH SlDE iTRUNK CARPET
,NSTR”MENT PACK
FC24,48-WAY AMP MODVLE PC SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
FCE, 24.WAY AMP MODVLE PC SGNAL, BLACK
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lClO,20-WAY MULTLOCK 070 , WHlTE
iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
RADIO ANTENNA CA,, COAXlAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) sw4,3-WAY WC, BLACK, WHITE STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RX, TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - LH CA56 /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - RH CA%, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER SIDE RD6,2-WPIY GROTE & HARTMAN MIX, BLACK DOOR CASING!TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MlD-BASS - PASSENGER SDE RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER - DRi”ER SlDE RD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASNG /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE RP5, ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS - DRIVER SIDE ,206, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MDBASS - PASSENGER SlDE Pm, 2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASlNG , TRW PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER DRIVER SIDE DD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK , BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE PD5,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRl”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN TRAY
ICI 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE LH HEELBOARD
ICC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT28L EYELET iPAlRi TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTlON VEHICLES1
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) - RADIO GROUND STUD, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT
PACK
77 Pin Description Active
c X24-24 CAN NETWORK
c FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK
0 FC25 20 VEHICLE SPEED
POWER AMPLIFIER
7 Pin Description
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
r;J Pin Description Active
I ICIO-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 v = MODE, 1 2 ” = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME ‘L’
0 IC1E ANTENNA UP B+
Inactive
Inactive
OM”
OM”
GROUND
0 M”
0 M”
Inactive
5v
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, BYWAY YAZAKI TYPE C i WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY! BATTERY COVER
CD AUTOXHANGER 1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL II BLACK FASCIA
FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
POWER AMPLiFlER ICX! ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE TRVNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
IC31 , ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
RAD,O ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
RADIO TELEPHONE
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER - LH
SPEAKER, ‘N POST TWEETER - RH
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS -DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MID~BASS PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER -DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS- DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER. FRONT DOOR MlD-BASS PASSENGER SIDE
SUBWOOFER
CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR
iCl0 120.WA” MULTILOCK /WHITE
IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
CA,, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
w/4,3-WAY EPC, BLACKiWHlTE
RT2, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE
CA!%, ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK
CA54, MVAYMULTILOCK 040: BLACK
RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RF%, 2.WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RD5, ?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RPS ,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
DD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
PD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
BT52 I ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK: BLACK
ST53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK i BLACK
CENTER
CONSOLE
ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
STEERING
WHEEL
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LH ‘K POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING lTRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
ABOVE FUEL TANK /TRUNK CARPET
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
54-WAY THROVGH PANEL, BLACK
8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WA.Y THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘I POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘WC POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, CON TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH HEELBOARD
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22R EYELET iPAiR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L EYELET ,PA,R, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES1
CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) RADIO GROUND STUD /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT65, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT66, COAXlAL CONNECTOR
TELEPHONE HANDSET RT5, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 I ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLUF ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT3, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
HEATED BACKLIGHT, HEADLlNlNG, REAR
CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER
CONSOLE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
RT, TELEPHONE! PROPRlETARY
RT2 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
CENTER CONSOLE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38R
Location
/ Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
v Pin Description Active
0 CAS1-I LH SEAT BELT WETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY B+
0 C&l-2 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAS,-3 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER POWER SUPPLY BT
0 CAS,-4 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I CA61-5 IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+
I CA6M GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAS,-7 INSTRUMENT PACK’SRS’ MIL GROUND (NO FAULT,
D CA61-9 DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT ENCODED COMMUNICATION
0 CAG1-10 STEERING WHEEL AIR&&G POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CAS,-ll STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CA61-13 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY ST
0 CA61-14 PASSENGER FASCIA AlRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAB,-16 DRIVER SiDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CM-17 DRIVER SDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CASI-18 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CA61~19 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
1 CA61-20 LH SIDE hIPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I CASI-21 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROVND
1 CA61~22 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED)
1 CM-23 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROVND ,SHORTEDi
I C.461~24 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND ,NO FAULT)
I CA61-25 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT)
0 CM,-40 SW AUDiBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Inactive
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
GROUND
SC
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN ClRCUiT
OPEN ClRCUlT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
B+
B+
SC
B+
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
,uRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
A,RBAG - DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG - PASSENGER SIDE
SEAT BELT WETENSIONER
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER-
SlDE AIRBAG
SlDE AiRBAG
-DRIVER
- PASSENGER
S,DE lMPACT SENSOR LH
SlDE lMPACT SENSOR - RH
SPL,CE HEADER
- CA225
- LH
RH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
I Type I Color
CAM, %-WAY EL050 /YELLOW
SW, ,,3-w*Y
EPC i BLACK
CA.81 , SWAY CARDEL, FORD, GREY
CA.62, Z-WAY FORD AIRBAG, YELLOW
CA&, 2.WAY FORD AlRBAG , YELLOW
SM,S-D,?-WPIYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
SM,5-P,2WAYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
CA,S, S-WAY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK
CA**, B~WAIY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK
CA225, ZO~WAY S”MlTOM0 SPLICE HEADER /
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA66
3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLACK BELOW SEAT
CA72 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLPLCK BELOW SEAT
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SiDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
SW,0 J-WAY EPC, BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA48 EYELET (SINGLE) RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW MRBAG ONLY GROUND)
Location
/ Access
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER OF STEERlNG WHEEL
PASSENGER
AIR BAG
INSlDE LH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC POST TRIM
iNSIDE RH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC’ POST TRIM
DRIVER SEAT, SIDE
PASSENGER SEAT, SlDE
INSIDE ‘B/c’ POST, ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
INSIDE ‘WC POST,‘B,C’ POSTTRIM
JRAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC15~4 HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST
0 FC, 5~70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE
FC15-80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
B*
IMOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY,
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
C,GAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA74, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR CATS, Z-WAY CIGAR LIGHTER, YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING PDSILDCK MKI
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT IS, 10.WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSE i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
LS7,10 WAY U.T.A. FUSE SOX, GREEN
LS8, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
STiO, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
HORN
LH
HORN - RH
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
ST, 0,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I NATURAL
ST,, ,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
BT12,lO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX/GREEN
BT13, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HP,, VVVAY BLADE
HP2, ,-WAY BLADE
LS46, LUCAR - LOCKlNG POSILOCK MKI
LS47, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
LS48, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
LS49, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
CA,, , Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK
BT25,3WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK
TRUNK ELECTWCAL CARRIER
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
FORWARD OF RADIATOR - LH SIDE, RADiATOR GRILLE
FORWARD OF RADIATOR - RH SIDE, RADIATOR GRILLE
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
ADJACENT TO BA”ERY, BATTERY COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#6, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
ST4
EM1
EM3
SC2
SC3
SW1
SWZ
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
lW”AY PlUGAT 1.6, BLACK
11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE
l&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
B-WAY JST, WHITE
BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK/ REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
ENGINE CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT?lR EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
CABlR EYELET ,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
FC17R EYELET ,P*,Rl- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSIBR EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20R EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component
ABS iTRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
lNSTRUMENT PACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
SPLICE HEADER - CA222
SPLICE HEADER CA223
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
TRANSMlSSiON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
LS27,25-WAY AMP, FORD I BLACK
FC15,11-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i, BLACK
DDIO, 2%WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DOI,, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, T-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDtO i 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PDlt , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK
RPlO ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP, l/22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM,, ,16-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47!WH\TE
Eb.415, Z-WAY MULTlLDCK 47 /WHITE
CC14,lO~WAY
MULTlLOCK070,WHITE
FC24 14%WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25, h-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL! BLACK
SM,-D, 18.WAYFORD 28TIMER,BLACK
SM2-D, 26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW&D, 10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK
SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK
SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
CA222,2&WAY SUMITOMD SPLICE HEADER, GREY
CAZ23, PO-WAY SUMiTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK
EM61,18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
EM62,1CWAYAMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
TRANSMISSION
DOOR CASING/TRIM
TUNNEL
PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
FASClA
DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
CA8
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA1 1
DWAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
CA18
PO-W*Y MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
CA23
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA27
10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
CA45
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA46
&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
EM1
12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
EM2
20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, GREY
FCl
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR,
FC7
10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WH!TE
FCll
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
BLACK
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
P*SSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER WC’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR H*RNESS GAITER
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
PUMP
PASSENGER ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT: GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DiMbIER MODULE, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
Connector I Type I Color
EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMER,BLACK
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CCZ8,26-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY
cc30, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
cc31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL ccz7,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
Location I Access
ADJACENTTO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER,
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AlRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR C.461, SO-WAY EL050, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR cm, 16-WAY AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTILOCK OK! GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM1 1,1G~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,3.%WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM14,12-WAY M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15122~WAY MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA225 CA225, T-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA19
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET,
EM2
ZwdAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINiSHER
EM3
14WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53
2wvvAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘I’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCll
,*-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MOO”LE,COIN TRAY
LOWER
‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
ccx
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix
BPM
DIAG
DDCM
DRDCM
DSCM
INST
PDCM
PRDCM
PSCM
R
T
SLCM
Body Processor Module
Diagnostics
Driver Door Control Module
Driver Rear Door Control Module
Driver Seat Control Module
Instrument Pack
Passenger Door Control Module
Passenger Rear Door Control Module
Passenger Seat Control Module
Receive
Transmit
Security and Locking Control Module
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
i

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message
CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN park brake status
CAN OBDII clear fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBDII MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN engine fault codes
CAN fuel used
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM
Usage
Confirms torque reduction for traction control
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Cruise control system status
Indicates whether the parking brake is on
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBDII DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
PECUS programmed status of ECM
ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Derived from injector pulse duration
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
ii
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message Usage Source
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABS
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABS
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off ABS
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCM
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ABS
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared ABS
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control INST
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure INST
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of Can gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCM
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
iii

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN gear position target
CAN torque transfer in progress
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM
Usage
For shift energy management
Protects transmission against excessive torque
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
PECUS programmed status of TCM
Target gear position for next shift
Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift
Indicates whether the TCM DTCs should switch MIL on
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token– ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
iv
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message
CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level damped
CAN fuel level raw
CAN NWM token INST
CAN diagnostic data out INST
Usage
Sidelamp status for idle speed control
Dipped beam state for idle speed control
Main beam state for idle speed control
Indicates low engine oil pressure
Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
Received by INST
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from the injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
v

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS / TCCM
Message
CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN traction status
CAN ABS PECUS flag
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS
Usage
For traction control – throttle intervention
For fast stability control response – ignition retard
For fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
PECUS programmed status of ABS / TCCM
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Indicates whether ABS is operating
Left front wheel speed
Right front wheel speed
Left rear wheel speed
Right rear wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS / TC CM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slop TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift TCM
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine DTCs ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vi
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Gear Selector Illumination Module (listen Only)
Received by Gear Selector Illumination Module
Message Usage Source
CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCM
CAN gear selection fault
TCM
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
vii

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
Message ABS ECM TCM INST
Gear
Selector DIAG
CAN torque reduction throttle T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction ignition T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN traction acknowledge R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN torque reduction request .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission overload .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission input speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission output speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter slip R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN kickdown R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN traction status T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN ABS PECUS flag T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN vehicle reference speed T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN reference distance traveled T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN ABS fault codes T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS fault code MIL status T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS malfunction T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN ABS status T .................................................................................................................
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque .................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN throttle position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN pedal position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN torque reduction acknowledge .................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN engine speed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN brake pedal pressed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN cruise status .................. T ................. *R .....................................................................
CAN park brake status .................. T ...................................... *R ...............................................
CAN OBDII clear fault codes R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN side lamp status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN dipped beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN main beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN oil pressure low .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN fuel level raw .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN fuel level damped .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN gear position actual R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter status R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN gear position selected R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
CAN gear selection fault R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
CAN transmission shift map R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission oil temperature .................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN transmission malfunction R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN TCM PECUS flag ........................................ T ................. R ................................................
CAN gear position target ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN torque transfer in progress ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN TCM fault code MIL status .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission fault codes R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN engine coolant temperature .................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN engine OBDII MIL R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
* NA engines only
** SC engines only
viii
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN throttle malfunction red R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN engine fault codes R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN fuel used .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – ECM R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – INST R ................. R ................. R .................. T ................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM .................. R .................................................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ........................................ R ............................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – INST ............................................................. R ....................................... T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R ........................................................................................................ T .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM .................. T ................................................................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data out – INST .............................................................. T ....................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ........................................................................................................ R .....
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
ix

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T .............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
2 Brake pedal pressed T .............. R ....................................................................................................................... R .....
3 Module not programmed R ............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
4 Left hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
5 Valet mode OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
6 Non-superlocking vehicle ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
7 Trailer disconnected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
8 Right hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
9 Valet mode ON ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
10 Superlocking ON ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
11 Trailer connected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
12 Reverse gear selected T ................................................. R .................................................................................... R .....
13 Not-in-park switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
14 Not-in-park switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
15 Engine running T .............. R ................................................................................................................................
16 Charging OK T ......................................................................................................................................... R .....
17 Inertia switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
18 Inertia switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
19 Ignition switch status R ............. T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R .............. R .....
20 Key not-in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
21 Key in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
22 Seatbelt telltale OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
23 Low washer fluid warning OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
24 Seatbelt telltale ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
25 Low washer fluid warning ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
26 Security audible indication ............... R .............. T .............. T .................................................................................... T .....
27 Remote panic enabled ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
28 Intrusion sensing disabled ...................................................................................................................................................
29 Security disarm ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
30 Ignition key invalid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
31 Intrusion breach ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
32 Intrusion self-check failure ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
33 Intrusion sensing enabled ...................................................................................................................................................
34 Security armed ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
35 Ignition key valid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
36 Memory set chime ............... R .................................................................................... T ........................................
37 Recall memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
38 Recall memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
39 Recall memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
40 Set memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
41 Set memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
42 Set memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
43 Stop memory recall ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
44 Memory LED OFF ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
45 Memory recall cancelled ............... T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............................. R ........................................
46 Memory LED ON ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
47 Mirror fold-flat ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
48 Mirror fold-out ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
49 Stop mirror ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
50 Driver mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
51 Passenger mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
52 Driver mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
53 Passenger mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
54 Passenger mirror right ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
x
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998
Appendix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
55 Passenger mirror left ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
57 Unlock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....
59 Remote trunk release ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
60 Lock all doors ............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................
61 Lock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
69 Driver door lock cylinder status ............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
71 Remote transmitter ID .......................................................................................................R ............................... T .....
72 Vehicle locked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
77 Open trunk ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
79 Driver front door closed R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
80 Passenger front door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
81 Driver rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
82 Passenger rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
85 Driver front door ajar R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
86 Passenger front door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
88 Passenger rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
89 Trunk ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
93 Sunroof position status ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
95 Stop sunroof close ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
96 Stop passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
97 Stop driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
98 Stop passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
100 Open passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
101 Open driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
102 Open passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................
105 Close sunroof ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
106 Close passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
107 Close driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
(continued)
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
xi

Appendix
XJ Series 1998
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
108 Close passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
109 Inhibit rear window switches ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
110 Tail lamp failure R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
111 Stop lamp failure R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
112 Tail lamps OK R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
113 Stop lamps OK R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
114 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
115 Remote headlamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
116 Rear fog lamps ON ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
117 Remote headlamps ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
118 Dip beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
119 Side lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
120 Hazard lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
121 Left DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
122 Right DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
123 Main beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
124 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
125 Main beam flash disabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
126 Dip beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
127 Side lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
128 Hazard lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
129 Left DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
130 Right DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
131 Main beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
132 Rear fogs status – ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
133 Main beam flash enabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
134 Interior lights OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
135 Interior lights ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
136 Valet mode message OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
137 Valet mode message R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
138 Wake-up network T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
139 Network status – awake T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ...
140 Entering sleep mode T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ...
xii
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997